best egg slicers

Best Egg Slicers for 2018

When searching for the best egg slicers, we had a few requirements.  And, our first and most important requirement was quality material.  Not only does quality material equal durability and longevity, it equals health.

And, there is a lot of plastic material on the market that is capable of transferring toxins.  Therefore, when we narrowed down our picks for best egg slicers, material such as stainless steel and aluminum took precedence over egg slicers made of other materials like plastic.

However, there are some egg slicers made of plastic that deserved a spot on our list.  This is, of course, after we could verify that it was made with high-quality, BPA free plastic.  And, while there is controversy over BPA free plastic, there are ongoing studies to determine how safe this alternative plastic really is.

best egg slicers

Therefore, we ask you take this into account when choosing the best egg slicer for you.  We try to err on the side of ultimate safety, and this is why the aluminium and stainless steel egg slicers top our list.  However, if you prefer plastic and are willing to take a risk without adequate studies done, we do have 3 highly rated stainless steel and BPA free plastic egg slicers for you to choose from.

That being said, the next requirement we had when choosing the best egg slicers was egg slicers that could deliver consistant, clean slices every time.  Therefore, we eliminated the egg slicers that delivered results more related to mush.

Furthermore, we have a pick that can not only deliver slices, but it can deliver quarters.  And, you can’t really beat an appliance that has a 2-in-1 functionality.

Lastly, our final picks for best egg slicers have some of the highest ratings on the market from thousands of happy consumers.  Therefore, your chances of choosing a quality egg slicer just got a whole lot better.

 

Best Egg Slicers

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Westmark Multipurpose Stainless Steel Wire Egg Slicer
Westmark
Multipurpose Stainless Steel Wire Egg Slicer
Aluminum
Stainless Steel
Raised Handle
Dishwasher Safe
5" x 3" x 1"
Westmark Stainless Steel Multipurpose Egg Slicer
Westmark
Stainless Steel Multipurpose Egg Slicer
Aluminum
Stainless Steel
Ergonomic Handle
Dishwasher Safe
7" x 2.5" x 1"
OXO Good Grips Egg Slicer
OXO
Good Grips Egg Slicer
BPA Free Plastic
Stainless Steel
Santoprene
Raised Handle
Non Slip Base
4.2" x 5.8" x 1.2"
Gourmia GCU9265 Egg Slicer & Wedger
Gourmia
GCU9265 Egg Slicer & Wedger
BPA Free Plastic
Stainless Steel
Slice/Wedge
Dishwasher Safe
8.6" x 3.4" x 1.7"

 

Best Egg Slicer

Westmark Multipurpose Stainless Steel Wire Egg Slicer

Westmark Multipurpose Stainless Steel Wire Egg Slicer

When we were searching for the best egg slicers with quality materials, this one delivered.  The Westmark Multipurpose Wire Egg Slicer is constructed of aluminum with stainless steel wires.

And, stainless steel is a great material for the wires as this metal exhibits strength and durability.  Furthermore, stainless steel is corrosion resistant, making this a perfect material to utilize in the kitchen.  And, according to Kitchn, stainless steel doesn’t bend, crack or chip easily.

When it comes to aluminum, in which the base and the handle are made of, this material is strong, lightweight, and resistant to heat and corrosion.

The Westmark Multipurpose Stainless Steel Wire Egg Slicer can slice eggs round or oval-shaped.  And, it can slice other soft foods such as cucumbers, mushrooms, strawberries, avocados and mozzarella cheese.

This egg slicer is easy to use.  And, the raised handle makes it even easier.  Since it is already raised, you can easily tuck your fingers underneath to open the slicer. In addition, it’s just as easy to close.

The Westmark Multipurpose Stainless Steel Wire Egg Slicer comes from a German company which has been in business since 1956.  And, Westmark is known for quality products at affordable prices.

Lastly, this egg slicer is, thankfully, dishwasher safe.

Pros:

Because this egg slicer is constructed of aluminum with stainless steel blades, it is durable and will last a long time.  Furthermore, with these materials, you don’t have to worry about toxins transferring onto your food.

And, consumers state this egg slicer is heavy-duty and time efficient.

Lastly, consumers like how consistent this egg slicer is.

Cons:

Some consumers have had the stainless steel wires break on them.  And, if this happens, be sure to contact the company.  According to one consumer, the company was very attentive to her needs.

Furthermore, while this egg slicer is dishwasher safe, it may discolor if put in the dishwasher.  However, this is just an appearance issue, not a performance issue.

And, some consumers felt the aluminum was rather rough with some imperfections.

 

Westmark Stainless Steel Multipurpose Egg Slicer

Westmark Stainless Steel Multipurpose Egg Slicer

This next pick on our list of best egg slicers is another one from Westmark.  And, like we stated previously, Westmark has been around for over half a century producing quality kitchenware.

The Westmark Multipurpose Egg Slicer is made of aluminum with high quality, stainless steel blades.  And, aluminum is a great material for an egg slicer as it is resistant to corrosion and is highly durable.  Furthermore, stainless steel is equally as good as it is also corrosion resistant and durable.

This egg slicer features an ergonomic handle for ultimate comfort.  And, when you’re ready to slice, you can slice away not only eggs, but strawberries, kiwi fruit, mushrooms, soft cheese…The list is endless.

The Westmark Stainless Steel Multipurpose Egg Slicer is easily cleaned with soap and water.  However, it is also dishwasher safe.

Pros:

Word on the review boards is this egg slicer has ultra sharp blades.

Furthermore, consumers state this egg slicer is heavy-duty and durable.

Lastly, this egg slicer is made with quality materials without a speck of plastic in sight.

Cons:

Some consumers have trouble slicing eggs, claiming that it is rather messy and mushy.  However, a couple of consumers say it is all on how you slice it.  And, the trick to this is to position the egg toward the inner edge of the upper cutting blades.  In addition, they recommend you slowly slice the egg.

Furthermore, some consumers have issues slicing strawberries and mushrooms.  However, it is important to note that most consumers have been able to handle these other foods just fine.

 

OXO Good Grips Egg Slicer

OXO Good Grips Egg Slicer

OXO consistantly produces some great kitchen gadgets, and this egg slicer is no different.

The OXO Good Grips Egg Slicer is made of quality, BPA free plastic with 10 stainless steel blades.  And, because these blades are made of stainless steel, this means they are durable and corrosion resistant.

This egg slicer is easy to use.  Simply lift the raised handle and place the egg on the cradle.  And, this cradle gives you the option of slicing round or oblong slices.  So, once the egg is resting in the direction you want to slice it, simply press down on the handle until the blades cut through the egg.

And, not only is this egg slicer easy to use, it is comfortable to use.  The raised handle is made of Santoprene, which is a basically a soft rubber.  Therefore, it is soft to the touch, durable and non-slip.  Furthermore, the base of this egg slicer is also non-slip.  So, you have full control while you’re slicing.

Lastly, this egg slicer is top rack dishwasher safe.

Pros:

The OXO Good Grips Egg Slicer is a sturdy slicer and very comfortable to use.

Furthermore, this egg slicer slices the eggs thin.  And, it works well for dicing eggs as well.

Cons:

This egg slicer is meant to only slice eggs.  Therefore, if you are looking to slice other foods such as cucumbers, strawberries, mushrooms or cheese, you may want to go with another pick.  These blades will not hold up long slicing anything other than eggs.

Furthermore, the base and handle of this egg slicer is made of plastic.  And, while it is BPA free plastic, there are still studies to be done to determine the safety of this alternative plastic.  Therefore, we can only recommend this product at your own risk.

 

Gourmia GCU9265 Egg Slicer & Wedger

Gourmia GCU9265 Egg Slicer & Wedger

This final pick on our list for best egg slicers is a 2-in-1 egg slicer where you can slice or wedge the eggs.  The Gourmia GCU9265 Egg Slicer & Wedger features a double chamber where you can choose to either dice or slice your egg, or you can even do 2 eggs at once.  Furthermore, you can even take it a step further and dice the eggs, or even shred them.

The Gourmia Egg Slicer & Wedger is made of ABS plastic.  And, ABS plastic is well-known for its strength.  Furthermore, this ABS plastic is BPA free.

This egg slicer features stainless steel wire blades.  And, these stainless steel blades are sharp, durable and rust resistant.

The Gourmia Egg Slicer & Wedger is easy to use.  Just lift the handle, place the egg on one of the cradles and pull the handle down until the wire blades cut through the egg. 

Once you’re finished slicing eggs, this egg slicer can be hand washed or run through the dishwasher.

Pros:

We love the options with this egg slicer.  You can have slices or wedges or you can slice and wedge at the same time.  Or, you can keep maneuvering the eggs around and dice them as finely as you would like.

Furthermore, consumers say this egg slicer is strong, durable and slices eggs consistently and effortlessly.

Lastly, while the company states this is primarily for eggs, some consumers say it works great for slicing other foods such as cucumbers, mozzarella cheese, strawberries or kiwi.

Cons:

And, while some consumers have no trouble slicing other soft foods with this egg slicer, there are a handful of consumers that state otherwise.  Therefore, if you are looking for an egg slicer that can handle other soft foods, you may want to try one of the Westmark egg slicers on our list.  Just to be on the safe side.

In addition, this egg slicer is larger than your average egg slicer.  Therefore, it will take up a bit more room in the drawer.

Lastly, the metal slicer is not removable for cleaning.  Therefore, egg has a tendency to get lodged within the cracks.

best splatter screen for grease

Best Splatter Screen for Grease

When it comes to finding the best splatter screen for grease, material is everything.  So, when we went on the hunt for the best splatter screen for grease, we zeroed in on the ones that were made of stainless steel.  And, this is because stainless steel is corrosion resistant.  Therefore, these final picks on our list will resist rust and other damage caused by oxidation.

Furthermore, stainless steel is able to handle high temperatures.  And, we all know with grease, things can get rather hot.

best splatter screen for grease

That being said, the next thing we looked for in the best splatter screen for grease is how well each screen kept the grease contained.  And, we were able to corroborate our final picks with thousands of user reviews who were kept safe while cooking.  In addition to keeping safe, these final picks got rave reviews for how well they kept the stove top grease-free.

And, lastly, our final picks may all look the same, however, they all have their key features which makes them different from the rest.  So, if you’re looking for a cool touch handle that is also slip resistant?  You may want to zoom in on that pick.  Are you looking for an extra high-grade of stainless steel?  There’s one on our list for you.  Are you looking for a one-size-fits-all splatter screen?  We’ve a great pick for you.

So, sit back, relax, and browse through these highly sought after splatter screens.

 

Best Splatter Screen for Grease

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Calphalon Stainless Steel Splatter Guard
Calphalon
Stainless Steel Splatter Guard
Stainless Steel
Perforated
Silicone Handle
13"
Kitchen Basix Splatter Screen
Kitchen Basix
Splatter Screen
Stainless Steel
Fine Mesh
Silicone Handle
Resting Feet
13"
Bellemain Splatter Screen
Bellemain
Splatter Screen
Stainless Steel
Fine Mesh
Oven Approved
13"
ExcelSteel Silicone Splatter Screen
ExcelSteel
Silicone Splatter Screen
Silicone
Stainless Steel
Silicone Handle
13"
BergKoch Grease Splatter Screen
BergKoch
Grease Splatter Screen
304 Stainless Steel
Plastic Handle
Fine Mesh
Resting Feet
9.5"
13"

 

Best Splatter Screen for Grease

Calphalon Stainless Steel Splatter Guard

Calphalon Stainless Steel Splatter Guard

Our first pick for best splatter screen for grease comes from a highly regarded company.  Calphalon has been around for over half a century and they are experts in the culinary field.  Furthermore, this product is proudly made in America.

The Calphalon Splatter Guard is constructed of stainless steel.  And, like we mentioned above, stainless steel is corrosion resistant, which means this splatter screen will not rust.

Furthermore, this splatter screen features a silicone handle.  This handle will stay cool and allow you plenty of movement without burning your extremities.

The Calphalon Stainless Steel Splatter Guard is perforated to allow steam to escape.  And, this is especially important as you don’t want steam to trap beneath the splatter guard and steam your food.

Finally, this splatter screen is, thankfully, dishwasher safe.  And, it is constructed to fit 8 inch, 10 inch and 12 inch pans.

Pros:

The Calphalon Stainless Steel Splatter Guard is a one-size-fits-all option.  And, we say that very loosely.  However, this is the only pick on our list that is able to securely fit 3 sizes of pans.

Furthermore, with this splatter screen, consumers state that the perforation works wonderfully and the steam escapes as it should.

Lastly, this splatter screen is durable and very well made.

Cons:

A handful of consumers have stated that the holes are rather big, allowing grease to escape.  However, it is important to note the majority of consumers feel otherwise.

And, with the perforated design, you can’t view the food while you’re cooking it.  Therefore, if you insist on viewing the food without having to remove the screen, we suggest going with one of our mesh picks.

In addition, even though this is dishwasher safe, it is rather large and won’t fit in most dishwashers.

 

Kitchen Basix Splatter Screen

Kitchen Basix Splatter Screen

This pick for best splatter screen for grease gets a near perfect rating from consumers.  And, it’s easy to see why.

The Kitchen Basix Splatter Screen is made of food grade stainless steel.  This stainless steel is corrosion resistant, which means it is resistant to rust and other damage caused by oxidation.

Furthermore, this splatter screen features a fine mesh screen which will allow the steam to escape.  And, this mesh screen will allow you to see the food while you’re cooking it.  In addition, this mesh screen doubles as a strainer.  Just secure the screen to the pan and tip the pan to empty the liquid.

The Kitchen Basix Splatter Screen has a silicone handle which stays cool to the touch and will help protect your hand from the heat.  And, this splatter screen features resting feet which allows you to place the splatter screen on the counter without getting the countertop all greasy.  In addition, these feet help to keep the screen in place while on the pan.

Lastly, this splatter screen is dishwasher safe.  And, it measures 13 inches in diameter, which is plenty big to fit most pans.

Pros:

Like we stated above, consumers love this splatter screen.  And, if we were to only review one screen, this would be our winner.

Furthermore, this screen gets high reviews for safety.  It also gets high reviews for keeping grease in the pan while allowing steam to escape.

Cons:

There just isn’t many cons to this splatter screen.  And, actually, we can’t find anything wrong with it.  Sorry to “disappoint!”

 

Bellemain Splatter Screen

Bellemain Splatter Screen

The Bellemain Splatter Screen features an ultra-fine mesh which will keep even the smallest amount of grease from escaping.  In addition, this fine mesh also makes it much easier to clean.  All you have to do is simply wipe it down and you’re ready for another round of fried potatoes.

This pick for best splatter screen for grease is made of food grade stainless steel.  And, this stainless steel is corrosion resistant, which also means it is rust resistant.  Furthermore, because this splatter screen is made with a high-grade of stainless steel, it won’t break or bend.  In addition, it is made with reinforced joints to help further prevent damage.

The Bellemain Splatter Screen can be used in the oven at a maximum high of 350 degrees Fahrenheit.  

Lastly, this splatter screen is 13 inches in diameter and will fit pans anywhere from 13 inches on down.  And, it is dishwasher safe.

Pros:

This splatter screen works miraculously at keeping the grease where it belongs, in the pan.  However, it can also be used as a strainer in releasing the grease from the pan.  Just make sure the splatter screen is secured to the top of the pan before tipping.

In addition, the Bellemain Splatter Screen is made with a high-grade stainless steel.  Therefore, you can expect this to last for years to come.

Cons:

The handle is rather short and it is unprotected.  Therefore, we highly recommend using gloves or oven mitts while cooking to protect yourself from burns.

And, a handful of consumers have stated that this splatter screen doesn’t cut down much on the grease splatter.  However, it is important to note most consumers feel otherwise.

 

ExcelSteel Silicone Splatter Screen

ExcelSteel Silicone Splatter Screen

This may very well be the easiest splatter screen to clean.  The ExcelSteel Splatter Screen is constructed of stainless steel and covered in silicone.  And, according to Wellness Mama, silicone is easy to clean and dishwasher safe.  Furthermore, it is non-stick.

The ExcelSteel Silicone Splatter Screen also features a silicone-lined handle.  This handle will help protect your hands from high heat.  In addition, this handle is non-slip so you will have a secure grip while cooking.

This splatter screen can either be cleaned by simply wiping it down or you can run it through the dishwasher.  And, because it is covered in silicone, the grease will wipe right off.

Lastly, the ExcelSteel Silicone Splatter Screen measures 13 inches in diameter, making it well-versed to fit most pans.

Pros:

Cleanup…what cleanup?  This is the easiest splatter screen to keep clean, thanks to the silicone.

Furthermore, this splatter screen gets high reviews for keeping the grease at bay.

Cons:

Because this uses perforation rather than mesh, you can’t see your food without having to lift up the splatter screen.

In addition, this is silicone.  And, while most studies have concluded that silicone is relatively safe to use, there is still a lot of controversy over the findings.  Furthermore, there just hasn’t been enough studies and definitite research done.

 

BergKoch Grease Splatter Screen

BergKoch Grease Splatter Screen

Our final pick for best splatter screen for grease is made of 304 grade stainless steel.  And, according to The Balance, 304 stainless steel has strong corrosion resistance and strength.

The Bergkoch Grease Splatter Screen features a mesh guard which can also be used as a strainer.  However, when using this as a grease guard, it will keep the grease in the pan while allowing the steam to escape.  And, because this splatter screen features a mesh guard, you can watch your food while you’re trapping grease.

This splatter screen features a plastic handle to keep your hand protected from the high heat.  And, this splatter screen features ergonomic feet so you can rest the screen on the countertop without the screen touching the counters.   Furthermore, these feet help to keep the screen in place while on the pan. 

The Bergkoch Grease Splatter Screen is easy to clean.  Simply wipe clean or run it through the dishwasher.

Lastly, this splatter screen measures 13 inches in diameter.  Therefore, it is designed to fit most pans.  However, you also have your choice of a 9.5 inch splatter screen.

Pros:

This is one of the best-selling splatter screens on the market.  And, perhaps it is partly because it is a budget option.  On the other hand, it probably also has a lot to do with performance.  And, of course, it is made with high quality materials.  So, whatever the reason, this is a win all the way around.

Cons:

Be careful not to get the plastic handle close to the heat as it will melt.

Furthermore, some consumers have stated this didn’t cut down much on the grease splatter.  However, as one consumer stated, they had their splatter screen turned upside down.  Once it was right side up, the grease was contained.

best long slot toaster

Best Long Slot Toaster

Because we are always in search of the best, we decided to set our sights on the best long slot toaster.  However, we will have to admit, we were on the market for one of these ourselves.

And, we frequently buy artisan bread from the bakery and tend to stuff it into our standard toaster.  Until, that is, we get to the middle of the loaf and those slices are just too big to toast.  Therefore, it made perfect sense to upgrade our toaster and toast away properly.

So, what were we looking for in the best long slot toaster?  First off, we always look for quality.  Because with quality comes durability.  And, with durability comes longevity.  Sure, we can pay out 20 dollars for a toaster that works well, at first.  But, you end up replacing a cheaper model sooner than later, and the money you spent in the end would have bought you one quality toaster that would have outlasted four 20 dollar toasters.

That being said, we do have a couple of “budget” models on our list for those who don’t want to fork over too much for a toaster.  And, we would have to categorize these as mid-range models.  Therefore, they will still give a run for your money and some good toasting for years to come.

best long slot toaster

The next thing we looked for in the best long slot toaster is functionality.  A good toaster will have options when it comes to browning levels and, in addition, most of the picks on our list has a defrost setting.  Furthermore, we looked for a crumb catcher which makes it easy to keep the toaster clean and toasting properly.

Then, we looked for style.  Toasters are a funny appliance in this instance because they can actually add a lot of character to a kitchen.  And, since most people tend to leave the toaster out on the counter, it makes sense to want something attractive to look at.  Therefore, some of our picks have more style than others, and these are the ones that may draw your eye.

Our last step in the process of finding the best long slot toaster, was relying heavily on user reviews to gauge the everyday workings of each particular long slot toaster.  In addition, we were able to gauge the functionality and longevity of each particular model.  Therefore, our final picks on our list for best long slot toaster have the highest ratings and the most consistent reviews in their class.

Lastly, we separated these toasters into 2 different categories.  The 1st category is the best 4 slice long slot toaster and the 2nd category is the best 2 slice long slot toaster.  And, if you’re looking for a 2 slice long slot toaster, you can go ahead and skip towards the end of the page and you will see the reviews for that particular category.  If you’re on the market for the best 4 slice long slot toaster, you will find our reviews down below.

 

Best Long Slot Toaster

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
KitchenAid KMT4116CU 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster
KitchenAid
KMT4116CU 4 Slice Long
4 Slots
Metal
7 Shade Settings
Defrost
Crumb Tray
Cord Storage
Cool Touch
Color Options
16.5" x 7.7" x 8"
Breville BTA830XL Die-Cast 4-Slice Long Slot Smart Toaster
Breville
BTA830XL Die-Cast 4-Slice Long Slot Smart Toaster
4 Slots
Die-Cast Metal
5 Shade Settings
Defrost
Crumb Tray
Cool Touch
15.5" x 7" x 7.75"
Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster
Waring
Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster
4 Slots
Chrome-Plated Steel
6 Shade Settings
Defrost
Crumb Tray
Cool Touch
18.5" x 8.25" x 8.25"
Russell Hobbs 2-Slice Long Toaster
Russell Hobbs
2-Slice Long Toaster
2 Slots
Stainless Steel
6 Shade Settings
Defrost
Warming Rack
Crumb Tray
Cool Touch
Color Options
14.8" x 85.2" x 7.8"
Dash DVTS501WH Clear View Toaster
Dash
DVTS501WH Clear View Toaster
2 Slots
Metal/Plastic
7 Shade Settings
Defrost
Viewing Window
Crumb Tray
Cool Touch
Color Options
16" x 5.8" x 8"

 

Best 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster

 

KitchenAid KMT4116CU 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster

KitchenAid KMT4116CU 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster

This first pick for best 4 slice long slot toaster is one of our mid-range budget picks.  And, this pick is one of the top selling long slot toasters on the market.

The KitchenAid KMT4116CU 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster offers long, as well as, wide slots.  Therefore, you can toast thicker breads and bagels.  And, these slots have inner grates which are a generous 1.5 inches wide.

This 4 slice long slot toaster is made of metal with a plastic base.  And, you have your choice of finishes.  You can choose between Contour Silver, Empire Red or Onyx Black.

The KitchenAid 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster has 7 shade settings.  These include reheat, which is the lowest temperature setting.  And, it includes Dark, which is the highest temperature setting.  This toaster also offers Bagel and Defrost settings.

This 4 slice long slot toaster is easy to use.  Simply turn the dial to your desired setting and push the high-lift lever downwards until it is locked.  Once the toasting has run its course, the toast will pop up and a ding-ing sound will alert you that breakfast is ready.

The KitchenAid 4 Slice Long Slot Toaster features a crumb tray which is located at the bottom of the toaster.  When you’re ready to clear the toaster of crumbs, just push the crumb tray inward and the tray will pop out for easy removal.  To load the crumb tray back in, just push the tray in until it locks.

Lastly, this pick for best long slot toaster offers an under base cord storage for convenient storing.  And, this long slot toaster measures 16.5 inches long, 7.7 inches wide and 8 inches deep.

Pros:

The majority of consumers seem very happy with this purchase.  They state that this is a durable and well-built toaster.

Furthermore, consumers state this toaster works fast and does not dry out the bread in the middle.

Cons:

The beeping noise!  There’s no way to turn off the beep that alerts you the toast is done.

In addition, some consumers state this toaster does not brown the bread evenly.  However, it is important to note that some consumers say it does.  Upon further investigating, you will need to keep the crumb tray clean in order to have consistent browning results.

Finally, while this is a handsome toaster, it is not our favorite design on our list.  The best word to describe it is “meh.”

 

Breville BTA830XL Die-Cast 4-Slice Long Slot Smart Toaster

Breville BTA830XL Die-Cast 4-Slice Long Slot Smart Toaster

This next pick for best long slot toaster comes from a company that has been around for nearly a century.  And, it is one of the favored high-end brands on the market.

The Breville BTA830XL Die-Cast 4-Slice Long Slot Smart Toaster offers a ton of extras which makes this toaster hard to pass up.  This long slot toaster functions via a Lift and Lock button.  So, instead of using a lever, you just insert the toast with a push of a button.  And, the great thing about this function is you can press it while you’re toasting to check the status of your bread without interrupting the heating process.

Furthermore, this long slot toaster offers 5 shade levels, as well as, Bagel, Frozen and A Bit More.  And, the A Bit More function is if you just want a tad more toasting done to complete your masterpiece.

As we mentioned above, this toaster has a Bagel function.  And, with this bagel function comes another cool, or rather hot, function.  When heating the bagel, additional heat is added to the middle in order to brown the bagel evenly without burning the edges.

In addition, while you’re waiting for your bagel or your bread to toast, there is an LED indicator light which lets you know the progress of your food.

The Breville 4-Slice Long Slot Toaster is made of brushed die-cast metal.  And, according to BBC, die-cast metal is heating the metal until it melts, forming it into a shape and solidifying.  This is a more durable method for a toaster as it creates one whole piece as opposed to parts.

Lastly, this toaster measures 15.5 inches long, 7 inches wide and 7.75 inches tall.

Pros:

The Breville 4-Slice Long Slot Smart Toaster is as smooth as it gets.  With the press of a button, the toast nonchalantly slides into the toaster.  And, once finished, it nonchalantly reappears.  Therefore, this toaster is just too cool for school and light years ahead of other models.

Furthermore, this 4 slot toaster toasts rather evenly.  While there have been slight variations amongst consumers reports, most consumers find this toaster to deliver.  And, you can’t go wrong with the function that directs extra heat to the middle of a bagel.

Cons:

Unfortunately, there seems to be a major electrical flaw with the toaster.  However, it is important to note, most consumers are happy and haven’t reported an issue.  But, there is a good amount of consumers that have experienced this flaw that we find it needs to be acknowledged.  The flaw in question is when the toaster decides to keep the bread and not give it back.  And, there is no reset button in order to get the machine back to original working order.  Final consensus, you may be testing your luck with this one.  Feeling lucky?

 

Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster

Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster

Style-wise, this is a gorgeous and classic option.  The Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster boasts rounded edges and chrome-plated steel.

And, this chrome-plated steel is a great choice in a toaster as it is hard and durable.  Furthermore, chrome is corrosion-resistant, so you won’t be seeing any rust anytime soon, if ever.

The Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster not only offers extra long slots, it offers extra-wide slots.  And, these slots are a generous 1.375 inches wide.  Therefore, there is plenty of room for some thick artisan bread or a much-desired bagel.

However, when it comes to having an extra-wide slot, you have to worry about the thinner slices of bread toasting properly.  And, this company came up with a solution.  This toaster features a self-centering bread rack which will center the bread in the middle.  Therefore, this will help to consistently brown the bread on each side, no matter the width.  Furthermore, this feature works well for, not only thin slices, but for all widths of bread and bagels.

The Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster has a rotary dial to set your shade levels.  This rotary dial can be set anywhere from 1 to 6.  Furthermore, you can set defrost or reheat via touch control panel.

This 4 slice long slot toaster is easy to use.  Once you adjust the dial, you push down on the high-lift lever to lower your bread.  And, once done, the bread automatically pops out.  Then, to clean, simply pull out the crumb tray.

Finally, the Waring Two-Compartment Pop-Up Toaster measures 18.5 inches long, 8.25 inches wide and 8.25 inches tall.

Pros:

Like we stated previously, this is one good-looking toaster.  And, because it is made of chrome-plated steel, it is extremely durable.

Furthermore, this pick for best long slot toaster toasts rather evenly which is in part due to the self-centering rack feature.

Lastly, for those that prefer simple controls and no-frills, this is a great option.

Cons:

While the majority of consumers stated this toaster toasted evenly, there are a handful of consumers that say otherwise.

In addition, there are some consumers who received a defective product.  However, for the ones that contacted the company, they received an effective product in return.

 

Best 2 Slice Long Slot Toaster

 

Russell Hobbs 2-Slice Long Toaster

Russell Hobbs 2-Slice Long Toaster

This first pick for best 2 slice long slot toaster features a pretty amazing design.  And, if your kitchen is in need of an updating, this toaster may do the trick.  Or, if your kitchen is already updated, this will only enhance the aura of your kitchen.

The Russell Hobbs 2-Slice Long Toaster is made of stainless steel and features a glass accent side panel.  And, this panel comes in your choice of 2 colors.  Choose between Black or Silver.

This 2 slice long slot toaster has a wire warming rack which is removable.  This is to enable you to easily and carelessly remove the contents.

The Russell Hobbs 2-Slice Long Toaster offers 3 functions:  Bagel, Frozen and Cancel.  In addition, this toaster has push controls which allow you to set the level of browning desired.  These levels range from 1, which is the lowest, to 6, which is the highest.  And, this 2 slice long slot toaster allows you to check the status of the toasting session by lifting the wire rack without interrupting the heating process.

This pick for best long slot toaster is easy to clean.  Simply remove the crumb tray, dump the crumbs and reinsert the tray.

Lastly, the Russell Hobbs 2-Slice Long Toaster measures 14.8 inches long, 5.2 inches wide and 7.8 inches tall.

Pros:

This is a gorgeous toaster made with stainless steel.  And, it’s a great addition to any kitchen and any decor.

Furthermore, the majority of consumers state this toaster toasts evenly.

Lastly, since this is a 2-slice long slot toaster, it won’t take up too much counterspace.

Cons:

Like we stated above, most consumers said this toaster toasts evenly.  However, there are a handful of consumers that state otherwise.

In addition, this toaster doesn’t have memory of the previous settings.  Therefore, you will need to manually configure your settings each time you use this toaster.

And, this toaster has a tendency to show fingerprint smudges.

 

Dash DVTS501WH Clear View Toaster

Dash DVTS501WH Clear View Toaster

Our last pick for best long slot toaster in the 2 slice category is a budget pick.  However, it gets pretty good marks overall.

The Dash DVTS501WH Clear View Toaster is constructed of a metal interior and a plastic exterior.  And, it has glass panels on one side so you can view the progress of your toast.  These are double glass panels with the inner panel being easily removable to keep things clean and clear.

This 2 slice long slot toaster features 3 heating functions:  Defrost, Reheat and Bagel.  Furthermore, this toaster has 7 browning levels all controlled by a rotary knob.  And, the lowest heating level is 1, while the highest heating level is 7.

The Dash Clear View Toaster has a crumb tray located at the bottom of the toaster.  Simply remove this crumb tray to empty, and reinsert to collect more crumbs.

Lastly, this 2 slice long slot toaster measures 16 inches long, 5.8 inches wide and 5.8 inches tall.  And, it comes in your choice of colors.  Choose between White, Red or Black. 

Pros:

The majority of consumers agree, this toaster toasts evenly.  In addition, you can easily view the whole process through the viewing window.

And, for cleaning purposes, the inner glass panel is easily removable to keep things clean and viewable.

Lastly, this is a great looking toaster.

Cons:

Plastic.  Need we say more?  However, when going with a budget model, this is to be expected.  The good news is, the inner parts are made of metal.

And, while most consumers say this toaster toasts evenly, there are a handful of consumers that state otherwise.

best ice buckets

7 Best Ice Buckets for Entertaining

We’ll have to admit, we had a lot of fun searching for the best ice buckets.  This is because we love design and ambience.  And, a lot of the ice buckets on the market are a work of art.  In addition, unlike most household items that are functional, ice buckets have an elegance to them.  They speak of sophistication and relaxation.  So, with that being said, when picking out the best ice buckets on the market, we had design in mind.

The next thing we looked for in the best ice buckets was functionality.  If the ice bucket doesn’t keep the ice frozen for long periods of time, what good is it?  So, we paid close attention to ice buckets that were made of materials that retained the content’s temperature.  Furthermore, we paid close attention to ice buckets that were double-walled for maximum insulation.

best ice buckets

Once assured that the ice buckets we picked out were great to look at and would keep the contents cold, we made sure they came with a matching lid.  We also made sure they came with matching tongs or the option to purchase matching tongs.  This helps complete the look for the ultimate entertaining solution.

The final step in finding the best ice buckets was sifting through reviews, reviews, reviews.  The best ice buckets either need to come from a company known for ultimate quality and/or they need to have a lot of consumers backing them up.

So, in the end, we were left with our picks for the top 9 best ice buckets on the market.  These ice buckets checked off each and every one of our requirements.  And, there are a couple of ice buckets on our list with some surprising extras that will only enhance the entertaining process.

 

Best Ice Buckets

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Oggi Stainless Steel Ice Bucket with Tongs
Oggi
Stainless Steel Ice Bucket with Tongs
Stainless Steel
Double-Walled
Handles
Lid
Tongs
7.8" x 7" x 8.8"
GSCW Small Ice Bucket with Tongs
GSCW
Small Ice Bucket with Tongs
Stainless Steel
Double-Walled
Strainer
Handle
Lid
Tongs
Tong Storage
7.4" x 6.4" x 6.4"
Lenox Tuscany Classics Stainless Steel Ice Bucket
Lenox
Tuscany Classics Stainless Steel Ice Bucket
Stainless Steel
Double-Walled
Handles
Lid
8" x 8" x 9"
Woodard & Charles Acadia Wood Ice Bucket
Woodard & Charles
Acadia Wood Ice Bucket
Acadia Wood
Double-Walled
Lid
8" x 8" x 8.5"
Old Dutch "Churp" Hammered Double Walled Stainless Steel Ice Bucket
Old Dutch
"Churp" Hammered Double Walled Stainless Steel Ice Bucket
Stainless Steel
Double-Walled
Lid
Tongs
6" x 6" x 8"
OXO Good Grips Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs
OXO Good Grips
Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs
BPA Free Plastic
Double-Walled
Handle
Lid
Tongs
Garnish Tray
Water Reservoir
7.7" x 7.8" x 8.7"
Nambe Mikko Ice Bucket with Tongs
Nambe
Mikko Ice Bucket with Tongs
8 Metal Alloy
Acacia Wood
Tongs
Tong Holder
8.25" x 8" x 6"

 

Best Ice Buckets

Oggi Stainless Steel Ice Bucket with Tongs

Oggi Stainless Steel Ice Bucket with Tongs

Our first pick on our list for best ice buckets is simple, classy and perfect for entertaining.  And, it is a great size if you’re looking to entertain a lot of people.

The Oggi Ice Bucket with Tongs is approximately 7 inches in circumference and 9 inches tall with the lid on.  Furthermore, you can expect to hold about 10 cups of ice.

This ice bucket is made of stainless steel and comes with double-walled insulation.  This insulation will help keep the ice frozen for longer.  And, you can expect your ice to stay frozen for about 5-6 hours.

The Oggi Stainless Steel Ice Bucket is equipped with a lid and tongs.  The tongs are capable of picking up 2 regular-sized ice cubes at a time.

Finally, to care for this ice bucket, simply hand wash with a mild soap and towel dry.

Pros:

This ice bucket will hold a good amount of ice.  And, it’s a great size whether you’re entertaining 2 people or a group of people.

Furthermore, this ice bucket has handles on either side for easy movement.

Lastly, this ice bucket produces little to no condensation.

Cons:

The Oggi Stainless Steel Ice Bucket used to come with a strainer for the melted ice.  Now, it no longer does and consumers seem to be rather unhappy about that aspect.

In addition, the lid is not a tight-fitting lid.  However, some might find this to be a positive for the convenience factor.

 

GSCW Small Ice Bucket with Tongs

GSCW Small Ice Bucket with Tongs

This next pick for best ice bucket is a great pick for entertaining a small group of people.  The GSCW Small Ice Bucket with Tongs has a inner capacity of 5.5 inches by 5.5 inches. 

This ice bucket is made of stainless steel and features a stainless steel chrome finish.  Furthermore, this ice bucket is double-walled to keep your ice colder for longer.

The GSCW Small Ice Bucket comes with a tight-fitting lid with tong storage.  So, once you’re finished with the tongs, they slide right into the lid.

Furthermore, this ice bucket comes with a bin strainer which will keep the melted ice away from the frozen ice.

Lastly, when it’s time to clean this ice bucket, just some mild soap and hand-washing will do.

Pros:

The GSCW Small Ice Bucket with Tongs is a perfect size for 2-4 people.  And, it has all the necessities for a hassle-free evening.

In addition, because this ice bucket has a tight-fitting lid, the ice will stay frozen for longer with some consumers stating around 8 hours.

Cons:

Like we mentioned above, this is a great size for a small group of people.  However, this ice bucket is too small if you’re looking to chill a bottle of wine with ice.  If only they made it just a tad bigger…

 

Lenox Tuscany Classics Stainless Steel Ice Bucket

Lenox Tuscany Classics Stainless Steel Ice Bucket

The Lenox Tuscany Classics Ice Bucket is a tasteful pick for upscale events or an elegant gift.

This ice bucket measures 8 inches wide by 9 inches tall.  So, this is going to work for larger parties and gatherings.  In addition, this ice bucket will allow you to comfortably chill a bottle of wine.

The Lenox Tuscany Classics Ice Bucket is made of stainless steel with a tarnish-free, sheen finish.  And, it has double-walled insulation and comes with a lid to keep the ice frozen for longer.  

Lastly, and thankfully, this ice bucket is dishwasher safe.

Pros:

The Lenox Tuscany Classics Ice Bucket leaves no condensation.  Therefore, you don’t need to worry about a slippery ice bucket or leaving water marks on the tablecloth.

Furthermore, if you’re looking for a matching set, this ice bucket coordinates with Tuscany Classics Stemware and Barware Collection.  And, you can find those matching items here.

Cons:

Although this ice bucket is double-walled, the lid is hollow.  However, this ice bucket will still keep ice frozen for hours.

In addition, this ice bucket isn’t equipped with tongs.  But, Tuscany Classics does offer a gorgeous bar tool set which includes an ice scooper.  You can find that set here.  Or, you can just go for the Tuscany Classics Ice Scoop here.

 

Woodard & Charles Acadia Wood Ice Bucket

Woodard & Charles Acadia Wood Ice Bucket

We love the casual, yet, classy look of this ice bucket.  The Woodard & Charles Ice Bucket is made of Acadia wood and handcrafted in Thailand.  And, according to Quercus Living, Acadia wood is incredibly durable and hard.  Furthermore, it is long-lasting and water-resistant, making it the perfect wood for an ice bucket.

This ice bucket is a great size to accommodate a larger gathering.  In addition, at 8 inches by 8.5 inches, it will comfortably chill a bottle of wine.

The Woodard & Charles Acadia Wood Ice Bucket features double-walled insulation and comes with a lid.  With this combination, it will keep the ice frozen for longer.

Finally, to care for this ice bucket, simply wipe clean with a damp cloth and towel dry.  And, occasionally, it is recommended to rub mineral oil on the wood to keep it from drying out.

Pros:

This is a great option for a garden gathering.  It’s elegant, but has a definite touch of nature.

Furthermore, this is a perfect size for a small or large gathering.  And, it’s the perfect size to chill a bottle of wine.

Cons:

The Woodard & Charles Acadia Wood Ice Bucket doesn’t come with any extras.  And, this includes handles, tongs or an ice scoop.  However, there are plenty of options to find tongs that coordinate with this ice bucket.  You can find the tongs we recommend here.

As far as the handles go, or rather, no handles, the Acadia wood will allow for a slip-free grasp.

 

Old Dutch "Churp" Hammered Double Walled Stainless Steel Ice Bucket

Old Dutch “Churp” Hammered Double Walled Stainless Steel Ice Bucket

This pick on our list for best ice buckets makes a gorgeous gift or it will make for a beautiful sun-porch afternoon filled with cocktails.

The Old Dutch “Churp” Ice Bucket is made of stainless steel and comes with a hammered finish.  Furthermore, it is double-walled which will help insulate the contents for hours.

This ice bucket is perfect for 2 to 3 people as it has a capacity of 3 quarts.  In addition, it measures 6 inches in circumference and it is 8 inches tall.

The Old Dutch “Churp” Hammered Double Walled Stainless Steel Ice Bucket comes with tongs and a lid which features a beautiful bird handle.

Finally, to care for this ice bucket, simply wash with a mild soap and towel dry.

Pros:

This ice bucket has a unique design which will surely garner compliments.

Furthermore, it is well-built and will keep ice chilled for hours.  It also resists condensation, so you won’t have to deal with slipping and sliding or a wet countertop.

Cons:

The Old Dutch “Churp” Ice Bucket doesn’t have handles.  However, like we mentioned above, it does resist condensation.  So, if you have to pick it up and move it, it will be slip-resistant.  In addition, the hammered finish will allow for a better grip.

Lastly, this ice bucket is on the smaller side.  Therefore, you won’t be able to chill a bottle of wine.

 

OXO Good Grips Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs

OXO Good Grips Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs

This ice bucket is the most functional ice bucket on our list.  The OXO Good Grips Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs offers everything you need to make the perfect cocktail.

This ice bucket comes with a removable ganish tray which hangs on the inside of the bucket.  So, you can store your lemons and limes and keep them chilled at the same time.

Furthermore, the OXO Good Grips Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs features a reservoir which will hold the water away from the fresh ice.

And, this ice bucket comes with nylon tongs which you can hang on either side of the bucket, right at the base of the handle.  These tongs have sharp teeth which will allow you to easily grab that garnish or that ice cube.

The OXO Good Grips Double Wall Ice Bucket with Tongs has a flip top.  This flip top conveniently opens with a press of a button.  And, once finished, it just as easily snaps down.

This ice bucket is made of BPA free plastic and is double walled to get the most hours out of your ice.  Furthermore, because the garnish tray sits inside the ice bucket, you will also keep your fruits and vegetables fresher for longer.

Finally, to care for this ice bucket, simply hand wash with a mild soap and towel dry.  However, the garnish tray and the tongs are dishwasher safe.

Pros:

What doesn’t this ice bucket offer other than spirits?  It has everything you need to keep the drinks topped off.  Of course, except for the alcohol.

And, because this is made of BPA free plastic, this ice bucket is perfect for a picnic, a day on the lake…or even a hike.

Cons:

This is the least elegant pick on our list.  However, sometimes life is not so elegant.  Like we mentioned above, a picnic or a hike is a more casual occasion where this ice bucket would work perfect.

 

Nambe Mikko Ice Bucket with Tongs

Nambe Mikko Ice Bucket with Tongs

Our final pick for best ice bucket is, to put it simply, a work of art.  The Nambe Mikko Ice Bucket with Tongs is designed by world-renowned designer Neil Cohen.  He is the recipient of the AIGA’s Objects of Design Award and has been featured in The New York Times and New York Magazine.

Furthermore, this ice bucket comes from a company which has been producing award-winning designs for over 60 years.  This company works with top designers and has had its designs exhibited in galleries such as The British Museum and MOMA in New York.

This ice bucket is perfect for entertaining large groups, as well as, small groups.  And, because it measures 8.25 inches in length, 8 inches in width and 6 inches deep, it can easily chill a bottle of wine.

The Nambe Mikko Ice Bucket with Tongs is made of alloy with an Acacia wood lid.  Alloy is resistant to rust and corrosion, which is a great metal for an ice bucket.  In addition, this alloy is a mixture of 8 different metals which will keep the inside temperature either hot or cold for long periods of time, depending on the contents.

And, Acacia wood, according to Home Guides, is a very durable wood.  Furthermore, since it grows plentifully, this is a sustainable wood.  Therefore, it’s eco-friendly.

This ice bucket comes with alloy tongs which conveniently fit right on top of the lid.  This makes it convenient for storing the tongs and for remembering where they are in-between drinks.  In addition, these tongs have sharp teeth which makes picking out your ice easier.

Finally, to care for this ice bucket, simply hand wash with mild soap and water.

Pros:

If you’re looking to impress, this is the ice bucket to get.  It’s absolutely gorgeous.

Furthermore, because this ice bucket is made of alloy consisting of 8 different metals, this will keep your ice cold for long periods of time.

Lastly, this is a great size for an ice bucket.  It can accommodate large and small gatherings, as well as, a bottle of wine.

Cons:

The Nambe Mikko Ice Bucket is very basic as far as functionality goes.  It doesn’t come with a strainer or handles.  However, we think the design more than makes up for it.

best silicone baking mat

Best Silicone Baking Mat

Silicone baking mats make baking life so much quicker and hassle-free.  This is because there’s very little cleanup.  And, what cleanup there is, it takes little to no effort.  So, this is why we went on the hunt for the best silicone baking mat.  To make our lives easier and yours as well.

However, we wanted to make sure silicone baking mats were safe to use.  And, this was our first inquiry into finding the best silicone baking mat.

Are silicone baking mats safe?

According to LIVESTRONG, chemical contamination isn’t a major issue with silicone bake-ware.  In addition, most silicone baking mats can withstand heat as high as 450 degrees Fahrenheit.  So, as long as you keep your baking under this range, you will avoid chemical transfer.

And, according to Wellness Mama, dangers of silicone are anecdotal and not scientifically backed, which doesn’t prove the safety of silicone.  Furthermore, the potential of hazards occur when the silicone reaches high temperatures.

Therefore, at this point in time, as long as the silicone stays within the recommended temperature range, there is no evidence that silicone is harmful.

How durable are silicone baking mats?

The next question we had was, how durable are silicone baking mats?  Well, they don’t rust, they don’t break, and like we stated above, they withstand extreme high temperatures.  And, as long as you don’t sharpen your knife on them or use them as a cutting board, a quality silicone baking mat will last you a long time.

So, once we got our 2 major questions out of the way, we were ready for some cookies.  So, we searched for the top rated silicone mats on the market and narrowed them down to the top 7 best silicone baking mats money can buy.

And, when we narrowed these picks down, we made sure to have a wide array of mats on our list.  The best silicone baking mat for you may have measurements displayed on its facade.  And, this is especially helpful when baking pies or needing a quick reference guide for conversions.  Or, the best silicone baking mat for you may be a blank surface to utilize your creativity.

Finally, like we mentioned previously, our final picks have the highest reviews on the market.  These reviews are from fellow bakers who know the ins and outs of a kitchen and who know what constitutes a really good silicone baking mat.

So, without further ado, it’s time for some cookies.

 

Best Silicone Baking Mat

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mat
di Oro Living
Pro Silicone Baking Mat
Dishwasher Safe
BPA Free
FDA Approved
480° F Max Temp
Storage Band
16.5" x 11.625"
Sili Bake The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat with Measurements
Sili Bake
The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat with Measurements
Dishwasher Safe
BPA Free
FDA Approved
450° F Max Temp
Measurements
Storage Roll
23" x 15"
Silchef Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats
Silchef
Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats
Dishwasher Safe
BPA Free
FDA Approved
LFGB Approved
482° F Max Temp
Ruler
16.5" x 11.625"
16.5" x 11.625"
11.5" x 8.5"
Silpat Premium Non-Stick Silicone Baking Mat
Silpat
Premium Non-Stick Silicone Baking Mat
Dishwasher Safe
BPA Free
FDA Approved
NSF Approved
Kosher Certified
482° F Max Temp
16.5" x 11.625"
KITZINI Silicone Baking Mat Set of 2
KITZINI
Silicone Baking Mat Set of 2
Dishwasher Safe
BPA Free
FDA Approved
450° F Max Temp
16.5" x 11.625"
Folksy Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat
Folksy
Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat
Dishwasher Safe
BPA Free
FDA Approved
LFGB Approved
470° F Max Temp
Measurements
28" x 20"

 

Best Silicone Baking Mat

di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mat

di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mat

If you’re looking for baking motivation, this pick for best silicone baking mat has it as clear as that chocolate chip cookie you’ve been dreaming about.  The di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mat keeps things clear and concise with the words “BAKE IT” plastered on the front.

This silicone baking mat is professional grade with a 1 mm silicone and glass fiber platform.  This is one of the thickest silicone baking mats on our list.  And, a thicker mat tends to be stronger and last longer than their thinner counterparts.  Furthermore, with the addition of glass fiber, this will provide extra durability.

The di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mat is BPA free and FDA approved.  Additionally, to keep things safe, this silicone baking mat can handle temperatures from -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 480 degrees Fahrenheit.  This means you can freeze this silicone mat and you can bake just about anything.

This silicone baking mat is stain resistant and warp resistant.  And, of course, it is non-stick and dishwasher safe.  So, cleanup is a breeze.

Lastly, the di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mat comes in a 2-pack and measures 16.5 inches long and 11.625 wide.  And, these mats come with a silicone snap band storage system where you can roll these mats up and secure them for storing.

Pros:

The di Oro Living Pro Silicone Baking Mats gets high reviews for quality and for being non stick.  Consumers rave about how cookies slide right off of these mats.

In addition, consumers love how well these mats cleanup.

Cons:

There’s not much bad you can say about these mats.  Furthermore, the lack of negative reviews speaks volumes.

However, our job is to find something negative.  So, if you’re looking for a silicone mat that has measurements, these mats are lacking a display of measurements.

Sili Bake The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat with Measurements

Sili Bake The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat with Measurements

This next pick for best silicone baking mat displays the highly desirable measurements.  These measurements include rulers in centimeters and inches which line all four sides of the mat.  In addition, the center of the mat has pie measurements from 5 inches to 10 inches.

Furthermore, The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat by Sili Bake displays weight, oven temperature and liquid measurement conversions.  And, that’s not all.  The front of this mat displays a delicious sugar cookie recipe and a pie dough recipe.

This silicone baking mat is constructed of food grade silicone.  This silicone is nontoxic, FDA approved and BPA free.

The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat by Sili Bake is safe to use at a temperature of up to 450 degrees Fahrenheit.  In addition to using it in the oven, this silicone mat is also safe to use in the freezer.  And, can we say dishwasher?  Yes, this mat is dishwasher safe.

This silicone baking mat measures 25 inches long by 15 inches wide.  And, it is 0.4 millimeters thin.  So, if you’re looking for a thin silicone baking mat, this is one to consider.

Lastly, once you’re finished baking, The Original Silicone Pastry Baking Mat by Sili Bake rolls up and fits inside a reusable protective case for easy storing.

Pros:

This silicone baking mat has just about everything you need for baking, including the recipes and the measurements.  If only it came with the flour, sugar and eggs, though.  However, that might be asking for too much.

In addition, this silicone baking mat will always lay flat, no matter if it’s been rolled up for the past year.

Cons:

This mat is very thin at 0.4 millimeters.  So, it can be rather floppy and not as durable as some of our other picks.  However, sometimes a thin silicone mat is a baker’s preference.  So, what works for one, may not work for another and vice versa.

 

Silchef Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats

Silchef Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats

Silicone mats are like potato chips.  You can’t have just one.  So, it’s a great consideration to go for a pack of baking mats.

The Silchef Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats comes with 2 half-sheet mats and a 1/4-sheet liner.  The half-sheet mats will line standard baking trays, while the 1/4-sheet liner will fit a baking tray intended for a toaster oven.  However, with these mats, you can mix and match all sorts of different ways.  For example, you can use a half-sheet mat with the 1/4-sheet liner for a batch of cookies.  Of course, depending on the amount of cookies you will be baking.

These silicone baking mats are nontoxic, BPA approved, FDA approved and LFGB approved.  Therefore, these mats are approved by both the US and German food handling laws.

And, the Silchef Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats are 1 millimeter thick.  So, these mats will be more durable and last longer than their thinner counterparts.

These professional-grade silicone baking mats are constructed of silicone-coated fiberglass mesh.  The fiberglass mesh will allow for better airflow and even heat distribution.

The Silchef Silicone 3 Piece Non Stick Baking Mats can reach temperatures as high as 484 degrees Fahrenheit and as low as -40 degrees Fahrenheit.  This means you can go from the oven, to the freezer and to the dishwasher without transferring any toxins.

Finally, the 2 half-sheet mats measure 16.5 inches long and 11.625 inches wide.  And, the 1/4-sheet liner measures 11.5 inches long and 8.5 inches wide.

Pros:

These are one of the highest reviewed silicone mats on our list with thousands of consumers raving about these mats.  And, more specifically, they rave about how non stick they are and how well they clean up.

Cons:

While these mats do have rave reviews, there are a good amount of consumers who state that these mats don’t last very long.  And, after a few months of use, they’ve experienced some heavy discoloration.

 

Silpat Premium Non-Stick Silicone Baking Mat

Silpat Premium Non-Stick Silicone Baking Mat

Ever dreamt of being a French pastry extraordinaire?  Well, here’s your chance to practice with a high-quality, French silicone baking mat.  Furthermore, this company claims they are the originators of the non-stick baking mat.  So, looks like it’s a win-win.

The Silpat Premium Non-Stick Silicone Baking Mat is made of food-grade silicone with a fiberglass mesh.  This fiberglass mesh will help improve airflow and promote even heat distribution.  Furthermore, this fiberglass mesh will increase longevity since it increases the durability of the baking mat.

This pick for best silicone baking mat is FDA, NSF and Kosher certified.  It is also nontoxic and BPA free.

The Silpat Premium Non-Stick Silicone Baking Mat is safe to use between -40 degrees Fahrenheit and 482 degrees Fahrenheit.  Therefore, you can feel free to bake at your luxury and use in the freezer when it entails.  Furthermore, this baking mat is dishwasher safe.

Lastly, this silicone baking mat measures 16.5 inches long and 11.625 inches wide.  And, with this measurement, it works great for a pan that’s 18 inches long and 13 inches wide.

Pros:

According to chefs, this silicone baking mat is the gold standard in professional kitchens, bakeries and patisseries.  Furthermore, when cared for properly, most consumers found that these baking mats lasted for years.

Cons:

There are quite a bit of reviews from consumers stating they received knockoffs.  However, we did our investigative work and this is the real McCoy.

KITZINI Silicone Baking Mat Set of 2

KITZINI Silicone Baking Mat Set of 2

This pick for best silicone baking mat is .75 millimeters thick.  So, while it’s not the thickest mat on our list, it still has a decent thickness which will hold up nicely.

The KITZINI Silicone Baking Mat comes in a set of 2 which measure 16.5 inches long and 11.625 inches wide.  And, these are sized to fit standard half sheet baking pans.

These silicone baking sheets are made with food grade silicone with a fiber glass core.  This fiber glass core promotes durability and longevity.  In addition, it will help to keep the surface evenly heated.

The KITZINI Silicone Baking Mat can withstand temperatures of up to 450 degrees Fahrenheit and temperatures as low as -40 degrees Fahrenheit.  This temperature range makes these mats safe for the oven, as well as, the freezer.

Finally, and perhaps most importantly, these mats are BPA free and FDA approved.

Pros:

The KITZINI Silicone Baking Mats get high ratings for how non stick they are and how easy they are to clean.

Cons:

Like most silicone baking mats, they tend to leave a greasy film after baking.  And, sometimes it’s hard to remove.  That being said, some consumers don’t like how greasy these feel after use.

 

Folksy Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat

Folksy Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat

This pick for best silicone baking mat is a pie baker’s dream.  The Folksy Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat displays pie crust measurements from 5 inches to 16 inches.  And, this makes it easy to roll out your dough for the perfect pie crust.

This food grade silicone baking mat is BPA free, FDA certified and LFGB certified.  This means it complies with the food handling laws of the US and Germany.

The Folksy Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat is 0.7 millimeters thick.  And, while this isn’t the thickest mat on our list, it’s not the thinnest, either.  Therefore, if you’re looking for an in between, this is a great mat to consider.

This silicone baking mat is made with high quality silicone with a fiberglass mesh.  This fiberglass mesh will transfer heat evenly and ensures the durability of the mat.  Furthermore, the fiberglass mesh promotes airflow.

The Folksy Super Kitchen Non-Slip Silicone Pastry Mat can handle temperatures from -30 degrees Fahrenheit to a maximum of 470 degrees Fahrenheit.  And, this mat is freezer and dishwasher safe.

Lastly, this silicone baking mat measures 28 inches long and 20 inches thick.  Therefore, if you’re looking for an extra-large sized silicone baking mat, this is definitely one to consider.

Pros:

The size of this is amazing.  And, it’s not going to make you feel cramped or restricted.

Furthermore, it has a nice thickness to it.  It’s not too thick, nor is it too thin.  Just right.

Finally, consumers state that this mat is skid resistant which makes for a great platform for rolling out dough.  And, it’s non stick and easy to clean as advertised.

Cons:

The major con of this mat is it doesn’t fit standard sized baking sheets and it is also larger than standard sized restaurant baking sheets.  Therefore, for the majority of us, this mat would best be used on the countertop for prepping ingredients.

Best Electric Egg Cookers

Best Electric Egg Cookers 2018

When searching for the best electric egg cookers, it helps to get the inside scoop from connoisseurs.  And, we are proud to admit that we are self-proclaimed connoisseurs of the electric egg cooker.

So, about a couple of months ago, we went on a camping excursion where our hosts cooked us up some soft-boiled eggs, every morning, from an electric egg cooker.  And, we were completely blown away by how perfectly soft-boiled these eggs turned out.  Was it really that quick, easy and delicious?

In addition, not only did these eggs turn out exactly how you set them to cook, they were the best eggs we have ever divulged in.  Especially the soft-boiled eggs…they were like a glass of fine wine and we find the appropriate word here to be smooth.  It seems sort of weird to describe eggs as smooth but that is exactly how they turned out.

Best Electric Egg Cookers

And, with this new-found discovery, we sadly came back home to an electric egg cooker-less house.  Therefore, we needed to get an egg cooker right away to soothe our morning appetite.

So, we started searching for the best electric egg cookers and narrowed the results down to the most highly reviewed electric egg cookers on the market.  And what was important to us in the reviews were a few things.  Namely, deliciously cooked eggs time and time again.

This means, we payed close attention to the reviews that are heavy on the results side.  We wanted perfect eggs cooked consistently.

Then, we further focused in on the user reviews where durability is a factor.  We don’t want to be stuck with a burnt-out electric egg cooker when we need it the most.

Finally, we were on a budget with this new purchase – it took us by surprise so we didn’t calculate this new-found luxury.  Therefore, we chose a budget model for our electric egg cooker.

However, we also chose some other models that are on our dream list.  So, whether you’re on a budget or you’re looking for a high-end electric egg cooker, you can find what you need on our list of best electric egg cookers.

 

Best Electric Egg Cookers

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Elite Platinum EGC-207 Maxi-Matic Egg Cooker
Elite Platinum
EGC-207 Maxi-Matic Egg Cooker
7 Egg Capacity
Measuring Cup
Piercer
Egg Tray
Poaching Tray
Automatic Shutoff
Color Options
7.7" x 6.7" x 7.7"
Cuisinart CEC-10 Egg Central Egg Cooker
Cuisinart
CEC-10 Egg Central Egg Cooker
10 Egg Capacity
Measuring Cup
Piercer
Egg Tray
Omelet Tray
Poaching Tray
Automatic Shutoff
Audible Alert
Built-in Cord
Color Options
6.3" x 7.3" x 7.8"
KRUPS F23070 Egg Cooker with Water Level Indicator
KRUPS
F23070 Egg Cooker with Water Level Indicator
7 Egg Capacity
Measuring Cup
Piercer
Egg Tray
2 Poaching Trays
Automatic Shutoff
Audible Alert
7.7" x 6.4" x 5.5"
Dash Deluxe Rapid Egg Cooker
Dash
Deluxe Rapid Egg Cooker
12 Egg Capacity
Measuring Cup
Piercer
Egg Tray
Omelet Tray
Automatic Shutoff
Audible Alert
Color Options
9" x 10" x 8"
SimpleTaste Electric Egg Cooker
SimpleTaste
Electric Egg Cooker
7 Egg Capacity
Measuring Cup
Piercer
Egg Tray
Poaching Tray
Automatic Shutoff
7.4" x 6.3" x 6.3"

 

Best Electric Egg Cookers

Elite Platinum EGC-207 Maxi-Matic Egg Cooker

Elite Platinum EGC-207 Maxi-Matic Egg Cooker

So, this is the electric egg cooker we chose and we couldn’t be happier with it.  The Elite Platinum EGC-207 Maxi-Matic Egg Cooker cooks perfect eggs every time.  And, like we mentioned above, we were on a budget so this egg cooker is priced to sell.

This pick on our list of best electric egg cookers can boil up to 7 eggs at a time on the egg tray.  Furthermore, you can cook these eggs hard, medium or soft.  However, this electric egg cooker can also whip up some omelets or poached eggs.

The Elite Platinum EGC-207 Maxi-Matic Egg Cooker is easy to use.  Simply fill the measuring cup to the desired amount of water allocated for the desired cooked eggs.  This measuring cup is labeled to get the exact measurement for hard, medium or soft eggs.  Then, pour the water on the bottom of the egg cooker and place the egg tray on top.  You will then want to pierce the eggs with the egg piercer.  You will find the piercer attached to one end of the measuring cup.  Place the eggs on the tray, pierced-side up and cover with the lid.  Turn the button on and the red cooking light will turn on.  Once the eggs are done, the cooking light will turn off and you will hear a small click.  This is to signify the eggs are ready.

So, it’s really as simple as this.  Just make sure that once the eggs are done, you run the eggs under cold water.  This will prevent the eggs from further cooking.  And, this will also make the eggs easier to handle and easier to peel.

The Elite Platinum EGC-207 is made of stainless steel and features a see-through plastic cover so you can view the eggs while they’re cooking.  In addition, this electric egg cooker comes with a tray where you can poach or scramble the eggs.

Lastly, we love the design of this electric egg cooker.  So much so, that we just leave it on the counter.  And, we think it adds to the kitchen and the aesthetic instead of taking away.  Furthermore, and to really indulge with your aesthetic, this electric egg cooker comes in your choice of colors:   Black, Black/Stainless Steel, Green, Red, Teal and White.

Pros:

Every morning, without fail, we get perfectly cooked, soft-boiled eggs.  And, it’s a been a few months and no mishaps and no real big issues.  Just consistent deliciousness every time.

Cons:

The cooking light is not that bright.  Therefore, sometimes it’s hard to tell when the eggs are ready.  Furthermore, there’s a small, subtle click that happens when the cooking light shuts off.  You can hear this click if you’re by the egg cooker.  However, it’s difficult to hear once you step away.

Therefore, if you need an egg cooker that gives you an audible alert, we suggest going with another pick.  And, this is also to stay on the safe side.  There are a few times we lost track of time and overcooked our eggs.  As a result, this is the one feature we are quite disappointed about.

Cuisinart CEC-10 Egg Central Egg Cooker

Cuisinart CEC-10 Egg Central Egg Cooker

If you’re looking to feed a large family, this pick for best electric egg cookers is one of the larger ones on the market.

The Cuisinart CEC-10 Egg Central Egg Cooker will handle up to 10 eggs and will cook them hard, medium or soft.  In addition, this electric egg cooker can cook a 3 egg omelette or poach 4 eggs at once.

This electric egg cooker is another pick that’s easy to use.  Simply measure the water in the 180 millilitre measuring cup, pour the water into the bottom of the egg cooker and place the egg tray on top.  Pierce the eggs on one end and place on the tray, pierced side up.

Next, place the lid on top and flick the switch to on.  Once the eggs are finished cooking, you will hear an audible beep and the egg cooker automatically shuts off.  Just don’t forget to immediately run the eggs under cold water so they will stop cooking.

The Cuisinart CEC-10 Egg Central Egg Cooker is made of brushed stainless steel and comes with a BPA free egg tray, poaching tray and omelet tray.

Finally, this pick for best electric egg cookers comes with a built-in cord so it can easily be stored.

Pros:

This is the best pick for those looking to feed a large family.  It is very similar to the one we chose, just on a larger scale.

In addition, this electric egg cooker makes delicious eggs morning after morning.  Therefore, it’s consistent and reliable.

Lastly, it has an unmistakable beep when the eggs are finished cooking.

Cons:

I know we said this egg cooker has an automatic shutoff.  However, that is partially true.  It actually has stand-by mode where it will stop cooking the eggs.  But, you will need to flick the switch to off in order to shut completely shut down the egg cooker.

Furthermore, the inside parts are all plastic, including the egg tray.  And, while it’s somewhat of a relief the plastic parts are BPA free, it’s still plastic.

KRUPS F23070 Egg Cooker with Water Level Indicator

KRUPS F23070 Egg Cooker with Water Level Indicator

This next pick on our list of best electric egg cookers is about as high-end as you can get.  The KRUPS F23070 Egg Cooker comes from a company who has produced quality products for more than 150 years.

This electric egg cooker can cook up to 7 eggs at a time.  And you can cook these eggs from soft-boiled to hard-boiled and anywhere in between.

Furthermore, this electric egg cooker comes with 2 poaching trays so can make poached eggs, scrambled eggs or omelets.

Using this electric egg cooker is easy.  First, you measure the water according to how you want your eggs done.  Pour the water in the base of the egg cooker and place the egg tray on top.

Next, pierce the eggs with the egg piercer which you will find on one end of the measuring cup.  Place the eggs, pierced side up, on the egg tray and cover with the lid.  Turn the dial to the right and the eggs will start cooking.  Once finished, you will hear an audible tone to let you know the eggs are ready.  If you want the eggs to sit, you can turn the dial far left and this will allow the eggs to keep warm.  And, this is great if you’re using the poaching trays.  If you are cooking the eggs on the egg tray, we suggest running them under cold water as soon as they are finished cooking.

The KRUPS F23070 Egg Cooker is made with a metal base and comes with a BPA free plastic egg tray, 2 poaching trays, a plastic lid and measuring cup.

Pros:

KRUPS have always produced consistent, quality products.  And, this electric egg cooker is no different.  So, if you’re looking for an electric egg cooker to last you a long time, this is a well-made product.

Cons:

We can’t, for the life of us, understand why they felt the need to include plastic parts.  However, it seems with even high-end products, plastic has sadly taken over.

Dash Deluxe Rapid Egg Cooker

Dash Deluxe Rapid Egg Cooker

If you like the double-decker style of egg cooker and you want to watch your eggs cook, this is a great alternative to the Cuisinart.  In addition, this is a 12 egg capacity egg cooker, so if you’re looking to cook a lot of eggs at once, this is a great pick to consider.

The Dash Deluxe Rapid Egg Cooker will boil hard, medium or soft eggs.  And, it will also make poached, scrambled eggs or omelets.

This electric egg cooker works much like the ones above.  It comes with a measuring cup where you can measure the water for your desired style of eggs.  Once measured, pour the water into the base of the egg cooker and pierce the eggs with the piercer located at one end of the measuring cup.  Place the eggs on the egg tray, place the lid on top and press the cook button.

Once the eggs are finished, you will hear an audible buzz and the egg cooker will automatically shut off.  And, to prevent overcooking, be sure to run the eggs under cold water immediately after the cooking session is over.

The Dash Deluxe Rapid Egg Cooker is made of metal and comes with a BPA free plastic egg tray, large omelet tray and lid.

Finally, this pick on our list of best electric egg cookers comes in your choice of colors.  Choose between Black or Red.

Pros:

If you’re looking for the best electric egg cooker with a large egg capacity, this is a great option.  And, it cooks eggs consistently every time.

Cons:

Ok, the buzzer is a little annoying.  Or, maybe it’s really annoying.  This all depends on your tolerance level.  But, at least it has a buzzer, right?

In addition, the company recommends cooking no less than 6 eggs.  And, if you cook less than 6 eggs, they may not turn out how you want them to.

SimpleTaste Electric Egg Cooker

SimpleTaste Electric Egg Cooker

If you’re really on a budget, this is the least expensive on our list of best electric egg cookers.

The SimpleTaste Electric Egg Cooker will cook up to 7 eggs at a time.  And, it will prepare poached eggs or an omelete.

This electric egg cooker features a stainless steel cooking plate, a BPA free egg tray and a BPA free poaching tray.  However, the lid does contain small traces of BPA.

The SimpleTaste Electric Egg Cooker is easy to use.  Use the plastic measuring cup to measure the precise amount of water for soft, medium or hard-boiled eggs.  Pour the water into the cooking base, puncture one end of the egg with the piercer and place the egg on the egg tray.  Then, cover with the lid and push the on button.  You will see a red light when the eggs start cooking.  Once the eggs are done, the red light goes dim and the egg cooker shuts off automatically.

Finally, this electric egg cooker comes with a clear top so you can keep an eye on the prize.  And, this is especially convenient when poaching eggs or making an omelete.

Pros:

This pick on our list of best electric egg cookers is a good bang for your buck.  It’s simple in design, easy to use and consistently produces great results.

Cons:

The lid has traces of BPA.  Personally, for us, this is a deal breaker.  And, this model is very similar to the one we chose, minus the BPA.  So, if you are on a serious budget, for a few more dollars you can choose the one without BPA.  And, you can find this pick at the top of our list.

In addition, this doesn’t have an audible sound to alert you when your eggs are done cooking.  Therefore, it’s you who’s going to have to be on alert.

Best Steam Mop 2018

5 Best Steam Mops for 2018

If you’re looking for the best steam mop, you’ve come to the right place.  And, this is because we searched and reviewed the top steam mops on the market and narrowed our findings down to the top 5 best steam mops money can buy.

However, before we started this process, we wanted to know what makes a steam mop so much different from a regular mop?  The answers we received changed the way we mop floors.

Steam Mop Benefits

First of all, we err on the side of being health-conscious and the less chemicals we use the better.  And, with a steam mop, there is no need for chemicals.  Instead of chemicals, a steam mop uses hot steam to kill germs and remove stains.  Ok…this blew us out of the water.  You mean to tell us that you can kill germs and rid stains without chemicals?  So, with this new-found knowledge, we discovered our new favorite product.

Best Steam Mop 2018

Some of the other steam mop benefits are, with a steam mop, the floors will dry quicker.  And, there is no need to scrub the floors when using a steam mop because the steam is strong enough to remove ground-in dirt and tough stains all on its own.  Furthermore, there are steam mops where you can clean the countertops and bathroom tiles.  And, the steam mop works great on tiles as it will clean the hard-to-reach grout.

So, now that we have the benefits out of the way, what’s going to be the best steam mop for you?

First, you may want to visualize the space you will be mopping.  Does it have a lot of corners and hard to reach areas?  If this is the case, you may want to search for a particular design that is best suited for the space you are working with.  And, perhaps a steam mop shaped as a triangle will be the best solution for you.  Or, you may work best with a steam mop that has a detachable head where you can easily reach into tight spaces.  So, when reviewing our picks for best steam mop, keep your space in mind.

The other thing to ask yourself when choosing the best steam mop is, what size of space are you working with?  And, this is because these tanks vary with the amount of water they can hold.  So, the last thing you want to do is refill the water when you’re almost done with the chore.  So, be sure to choose a tank size according to your space size.

Best Steam Mop for Hardwoods, Tile and Laminate Floors

One concern some consumers have when choosing the best steam mop is the type of floor they’re working with.  And, some people go on the hunt for the best steam mop for hardwoods or the best steam mop for tile.  However, with our final picks, these steam mops treat all sealed, hard-surfaced floors with the ultimate respect.

In addition, this is a huge bonus for those of us who have multiple types of flooring in our households.  So, if you want to steam mop the hardwoods, you can then go right to the bathroom tile with the same mop.

If you’re looking to use a steam mop on carpets, we do have a couple of picks that come with carpet gliders which will enable you to do just that.  Therefore, you can go from the kitchen to the bathroom and right to the carpet with the same machine.

So, now you should have an idea of what you’re looking for.  And, the next step is to review the top 5 best steam mops on the market and find your perfect fit.

 

Best Steam Mop 2018

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Shark Steam Mop S1000A
Shark
Steam Mop S1000A
Swivel Mop Head
2 Mop Pads
Removable Water Tank
30 Second Heating Time
18 Ft Cord
Locks Upright
11" x 7.4" x 46.1"
Shark Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop
Shark
Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop
Swivel Mop Head
2 Mop Pads
Removable Water Tank
Adjustable Steam Levels
Handheld Steamer
Steam Blaster
20 Second Heating Time
18 Ft Cord
12" x 12" x 51.2"
Light N Easy Steam Mop
Light N Easy
Steam Mop
Swivel Mop Head
Carpet Gliders
1 Mop Pad
Removable Water Tank
Adjustable Steam Levels
Handheld Steamer
Flexible Hose
20 Second Heating Time
20 Ft Cord
Locks Upright
11.8" x 6.8" x 46.4"
O-Cedar Microfiber Steam Mop
O-Cedar
Microfiber Steam Mop
Triangle Mop Head
Swivel Mop Head
Carpet Gliders
2 Mop Pads
20 Second Heating Time
18 Ft Cord
Locks Upright
10" x 6" x 27"
Bissell PowerFresh Steam Mop
Bissell
PowerFresh Steam Mop
Swivel Mop Head
Built-In Easy Scrubber
1 Mop Pad
1 Scrub Mop Pad
Fragrance Discs
Removable Water Tank
Adjustable Steam Levels
30 Second Heating Time
23 Ft Cord
Color Options
11.6" x 7.1" x 28.6"

 

Best Steam Mop 2018

Shark Steam Mop S1000A

Shark Steam Mop S1000A

Shark produces some of the most beloved steam mops on the market, so it’s no surprise we have 2 shark steam mops on our list.  And, topping our list is this lightweight Shark Steam Mop S1000A.

This pick for best steam mop is perfect for those who are looking for hassle-free cleaning.  This steam mop is simple and there’s no frills about it.  So, if you’re someone who’s looking for a steam mop for everyday type of household chores, this is one to consider.

The Shark Steam Mop S1000A is just plug-and-go.  Once this steam mop is plugged in, the steam reaches its heat level within 30 second and the steam is released by movement of the mop.  Therefore, there’s no On/Off button to finagle with.

Once you get the mop moving, the 12 inch mop head maneuvers in a swivel fashion to reach the corners and other angled areas.  And, with an 18 foot cord, you’re more than likely able to steam mop a large-sized room without having to switch outlets.

The Shark Steam Mop S1000A features an extra-large tank which means less refills.  Furthermore, this tank is easily removable and fill-able.

This steam mop comes with 2 mop pads which are machine washable.  And, it is recommended you replace each pad after approximately 3 months of use.  You can find the top replacement pads for this particular model here.

Finally, once the deed is done, the Shark Steam Mop S1000A is easy to store.  It features a compact size and conveniently locks upright.

Pros:

No hassle, no frills and floors that are spick n’ span.  This pretty much sums up the best features of this mop.  And, like we mentioned above, this is an excellent choice for everyday household cleaning.

Furthermore, this steam mop heats up in 30 seconds, so when we say it’s just plug-and-go, it’s literally plug-and-go.

Cons:

Some consumers need some frills.  And, with this steam mop, there isn’t any.  So, if you’re looking for a detachable head to clean bathroom tile or need more angle to your mop head, you may want to consider some of the other steam mops on our list.

In addition, the mop pad is not intended to pick up dirt.  Therefore, you want to make sure your floors are clear of dust and loose dirt before using.

Shark Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop

Shark Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop

Our second pick for best steam mop is another great Shark option.  However, unlike the other Shark steam mop on our list, this is for consumers who are tackling a lot more than just your normal, everyday household cleaning.

The Shark Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop is able to dust while mopping and scrubbing.  And, this is all thanks to the dual-sided dirt grip pads.  These grip pads are machine washable, reusable and replaceable.  Furthermore, when detaching the grip pad from the mop, there is no need to touch the pad.  Simply press the button and the pad comes off on its own.

This steam mop offers a 2-n-1 solution.  It works as a steam mop and it converts to a handheld steamer for hard to reach areas or above-the-floor cleaning.  And, this cleaning may include the bathroom walls, kitchen countertops, curtains, ceiling fans, baseboards…you name it. 

The Shark Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop is easy to use.  Simply set the desired level of steam:  Standby, Low or Hot.  And, within seconds, the steam is heated to the desired temperature and you can mop away.  Furthermore, if you’re looking to clean tougher stains, this steam mop features a steam blaster where you can add additional steam to get the job done.

This steam mop has a 220 millilitre tank which converts to roughly 1 cup.  And, it offers an 18 foot cord which will allow you to steam mop most large rooms without the need to switch outlets.

Pros:

We can’t rave enough about the portable attachment this steam mop comes with.  And not only does it work great for above-floor cleaning, you can also steam clean your clothes with it.  The possibilities are endless.

Furthermore, the Shark Lift-Away Pro Steam Pocket Mop offers a steam blaster which tackles the toughest of stains effortlessly.

Lastly, this steam mop comes with a triangle-shaped mop head which can clean hard to reach nooks and crannies. 

Cons:

This pick for best steam mop is not able to stand on its own.  And, it has trouble leaning against a counter.  Therefore, you may find yourself laying it on the ground between intervals.

In addition, when using the handheld steamer, you will need to hold the button down to produce continuous steam.  And, for large projects, this can get tiring.

 

Light N Easy Steam Mop

 

Light N Easy Steam Mop

Shark steam mops tend to take all the glory, however, this particular brand is another beloved steam mop amongst consumers.  And, with all the cleaning this steam mop can conquer, it easy to see why.

The Light N Easy Steam Mop is a 5-n-1 mop, and is able to clean floors, carpet, clothes, windows, glass…just to name a few.  And, of course, it’s also able to steam clean all sealed, hard-surfaced floors.

This steam mop has 3 steam modes that control the level of steam produced.  You can choose between Low, Medium and High.  Once the mop is in the upright, locked position, the mop will go into idle mode and no steam will be produced.

Furthermore, once you set your level of steam, within seconds, the steam will start producing and you just start mopping.  It’s as easy as that.  And, the Light N Easy Steam Mop will swivel to ensure corners and crevices are clean.  

This steam mop comes with a built-in, handheld steam cleaner which is great for steaming clothes and curtains.  In addition, it also comes with a flexible hose for hard-to-reach areas.

The Light N Easy Steam Mop features a 340 millilitre tank which will run for about 20 to 25 minutes on the lowest steam setting.  And, this steam mop comes with a 20 foot cord so you should be able to steam mop most large rooms without the need to switch outlets.

Finally, you will receive one mop head along with your purchase.  This mop head is machine washable, reusable and replaceable. 

Pros:

This pick for best steam mop is lightweight, sturdy and well-built.

Furthermore, the Light N Easy Steam Mop is able to clean just about everything.  Now, we caution ourselves when saying that but with the handheld steam cleaner and flexible hose, it’s not too far off from the truth.

Cons:

This steam mop only comes with one mop head.  So, if you’re in the middle of a job and need to replace the mop head before finishing, you may have to wait for the washing machine first.  However, if you purchase additional mop heads when ordering this steam mop, this problem is solved.

Some consumers state that this steam mop doesn’t produce the amount of steam it takes to deal with tough stains or ground-in dirt.  So, this may be a pick that is more for everyday-type of household cleaning.

 

O-Cedar Microfiber Steam Mop

O-Cedar Microfiber Steam Mop

This next pick for best steam mop is designed to reach just about every nook and cranny.  The O-Cedar Microfiber Steam Mop features a triangle mop head which easily maneuvers around furniture and reaches into those hard to clean corners.

This steam mop comes with a continuous dial where you can adjust your level of steam.  Once the steam level is set, it will start steaming in approximately 20 seconds.  And, when you’re ready to mop, just start mopping.  There is no button to hold, therefore, no cramping hands.

The O-Cedar Microfiber Steam Mop comes with a snap-on carpet glider.  This carpet glider will allow you to steam clean your carpets easily and swiftly.

This steam mop comes with 2 removable, machine washable and replaceable mop heads.  These mop heads are made of microfiber which is ultra gentle on floors, especially wood floors.

In addition, this steam mop comes with an 18 foot cord which should allow you to mop a large room without the hassle of switching outlets.

Finally, the O-Cedar Microfiber Steam Mop comes with a plastic cup to fill the 200 millilitre tank since the tank is not detachable.  And, when it’s time to dump the water from the tank, just hold the steam mop upside down over the sink and the water will run out.

Pros:

We really like the angled head on this steam mop as it easily maneuvers around furniture.  Furthermore, the mop heads are made of microfiber, which, in our opinion, is the best material to mop hard wood floors with.

In addition, this steam mop comes with carpet gliders so you can go from mopping the kitchen floors to steaming the area rug.

Cons:

The angled head has rounded corners.  And, while this is great for mopping without damaging the walls and furniture, it doesn’t quite get into the corners as much as we would like.

Furthermore, the tank is not removable.  While this isn’t the biggest hassle, we just don’t care for the whole process of flipping the mop upside down over the sink.

 

Bissell PowerFresh Steam Mop

Bissell PowerFresh Steam Mop

This steam mop has thousands of positive reviews.  And, it’s most notable for how well it cleans and how easy it is to use.

The Bissell PowerFresh Steam Mop features a built-in easy scrubber.  This built-in easy scrubber flips down to assist in tackling the most difficult of jobs.  Therefore, not only can this mop steam your floors, it can also scrub them.  Furthermore, this built-in easy scrubber is designed to reach into crevices such as grout.

In addition to the built-in easy scrubber, this steam mop comes with a microfiber mop pad and a mop pad with scrubbing strips.  These mop pads are reusable, machine washable and replaceable.

This steam mop comes with adjustable steam levels ranging from low to hot.  And, once you have your steam level set, this steam mop is ready within 30 seconds.

The Bissell PowerFresh Steam Mop comes with a 23 inch cord which is the longest cord on our list of best steam mops.  And, with a 23 inch cord, you should easily be able to mop a large-sized room and then some.

This steam mop features a removable water tank and this water tank is relatively large with a 12 ounce capacity.

Finally, and this is a fun note to end on, this steam mop comes in your choice of colors.  Choose between Blue, Orange and Purple Pet.  Furthermore, this mop also comes with Spring Breeze fragrance discs.  And, although these discs are optional, some consumers like to have that clean, fresh feeling.

Pros:

With this steam mop, consumers love how hot the steam gets.  So, if you’re looking for extra hot steam, this is definitely a steam mop to consider.

Furthermore, this steam mop cleans grout extraordinarily well.  And, this is partly due to the hot steam and partly due to the built-in easy scrubber.

Cons:

Because the steam gets ultra hot, it is recommended you wear shoes or socks when operating this steam mop.  In addition, make sure the little ones are safe as well.

And, another steam warning, be ultra careful when pressing your foot down on the scrubber.

Best Popcorn Popper

Best Popcorn Popper – Microwave, Stovetop, Electric and Air

Choosing the best popcorn popper is no easy chore.  There are all types of different poppers on the market.  Some are electric, some are microwavable, some are stove top and some look as if they come straight from the circus.  Therefore, we chose the top rated popcorn poppers in each category. 

So, what did we look for when we searched for the best popcorn popper?  Well, reliability is a must.  When we want popcorn, we want it now.  And, there’s no room in our cupboards for a broken down popcorn machine.

Best Popcorn Popper

The next aspect we look for in the best popcorn popper is convenience.  Popcorn, for us, is one of those things we don’t want to spend a lot of time on.  Usually, when we decide to have popcorn, it’s a split-second decision right before we snuggle up to watch a movie.  Therefore, quick and convenient popcorn also topped our list.

So, after narrowing down the most reliable, quickest and most convenient popcorn poppers, we sifted through hundreds of user reviews and we found the top 6 best popcorn poppers on the market.  And now all you have to do is choose which one is right for you.

But, which type of popcorn popper is best for you?  Like we stated earlier, we have chosen the best Air, Microwave, Electric and Stove Top poppers and there’s a stark difference between all of them.  So, if you’re undecided which one to go with, at the end of this post you will find a “Popcorn Popper Buying Guide” which will take you through the ins-and-outs of each type of popper.

However, If you know what you want, check out are top picks for best popcorn popper below.

 

Best Popcorn Popper

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Excelvan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker
Excelvan
Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker
Plastic
Stainless Steel
BPA Free
Melamine Free
2-n-1 Bowl
Collapsible
Color Options
10.8" x 10.8" x 11.8"
Aicok Popcorn Maker
Aicok
Popcorn Maker
Plastic
BPA Free
Dishwasher Safe
7.1" x 5.1" x 10.9"
HOTPOP The Original Microwave Popcorn Popper
HOTPOP
The Original Microwave Popcorn Popper
Silicone
BPA Free
PVC Free
2-n-1 Bowl
Cool Touch Handles
Color Options
8" x 8" x 2.2"
West Bend Stir Crazy Electric Popcorn Popper Machine
West Bend
Stir Crazy Electric Popcorn Popper Machine
Plastic
Metal
Non Stick
BPA Free
2-n-1 Bowl
Cool Touch Handles
Built-In Butter Well
Heat Resistant Base
Dishwasher Safe
10" x 10" x 13"
Great Northern Popcorn Company Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper
Great Northern Popcorn Company
Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper
Stainless Steel
Wood
17" x 10" x 8"

 

Best Air Popcorn Popper

Excelvan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker

Excelvan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker

Our first pick for best air popcorn popper offers a 2-n-1 solution.  The Excelvan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker starts off as an air popper and converts to a popcorn bowl.  So, once you finish popping the corn, the bowl detaches from the popper and you can just snack on the popcorn from there.

The Excelvan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker is made of plastic with a stainless steel liner.  And, these materials are 100% BPA and melamine free.  Therefore, this popcorn popper doesn’t include all the toxins you find in a lot of other plastic products.

This air popper will pop the popcorn quickly and easily.  Simply feed the corn into the popper and it pops right into the bowl.  In addition, because this is an air popper, the Excelvan Air-Pop Popcorn Maker doesn’t require oil in order to pop.  This makes this pick for best popcorn maker one of the healthiest on our list.

Once you’re finished popping one batch of popcorn, it is recommended to let the air popper sit for 15 minutes before popping another batch.  And, this is to ensure the popper doesn’t overheat.

The Excelvan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker collapses into 4 separate parts.  This makes this air popper easy to clean and easy to store.  However, this air popper is not dishwasher safe so you will have to clean it by hand.

Lastly, this air popper comes in your choice of 2 colors:  Orange and White.

Pros:

We like this pick for best popcorn maker because it is made with 100% BPA and melamine-free materials.  In addition, the inner liner is constructed of stainless steel which is a very safe metal to cook with.

Furthermore, the Excelevan Homemade Air-Pop Popcorn Maker makes fantastic popcorn and it has a bowl you can pop with and eat out of.

Cons:

With this popper, you can only use it in 15 minute intervals.  So, if you’re feeding a large group of people, this may not be your most time efficient choice.

In addition, this popper is not dishwasher safe so you will be cleaning it by hand.  The good news is, it does break down into 4 different pieces, making it rather easy to clean by hand.

Aicok Popcorn Maker

Aicok Popcorn Maker

This next pick for best air popcorn popper is ultra fast.  The Aicok Popcorn Maker is ready within minutes and has a popping rate of a whopping 98%.  So, for every 100 kernels, 98 of them turn into popcorn.

This air popcorn popper is FDA approved and BPA free.  Therefore, you will be popping with non toxic plastic for an even healthier bowl of popcorn.

The Aicok Popcorn Maker is easy to use.  Simply use the included measuring spoon to fill the popcorn maker with corn.  Close the cover and turn on the machine.  And, within 2 minutes, you have a bowl of popcorn ready to go.

This pick for best popcorn popper is not machine washable.  However, the base of this popcorn machine can be wiped down and the top cover and measuring cup can be hand washed.

Pros:

This is another pick which is BPA free.  So, this will make an even healthier bowl of popcorn.  

Furthermore, for the price, this is one quick machine.

Cons:

The Aicok Popcorn Popper can only pop so much popcorn at a time.  And, in between sessions, you need to wait 10-12 minutes to let the machine cool down.  So, this is a great pick for a small-sized family.  A large family, not so much.

 

Best Microwave Popcorn Popper

HOTPOP The Original Microwave Popcorn Popper

HOTPOP The Original Microwave Popcorn Popper

Our pick for best microwave popcorn popper can pop up to 15 cups of popcorn within 4 minutes.  Therefore, if you’re feeding a large family, this pick is extremely time efficient.

The HOTPOP Original Microwave Popcorn Popper is BPA free and PVC free.  And, it is made with 100% food grade silicone.

This microwave popcorn popper allows you to add oil or do without.  So, if you’re one of those who love to slather your kernels with oil, go for it.  If you’re on a health kick, you don’t need oil to get these kernels popping.

The HOTPOP Microwave Popcorn Popper is a 2-n-1 solution.  You can pop the kernels in the bowl and use the bowl for consuming the popcorn.  Furthermore, the bowl has cool-touch handles so you can enjoy as soon as the last kernel is done popping.

This pick for best popcorn popper is dishwasher safe.  And, once it’s clean and dry, you can collapse the bowl down to 2.4 inches tall to wedge it in the fullest of drawers.

Finally, the HOTPOP Microwave Popcorn Popper comes in your choice of 7 colors:  Aqua, Black, Blue, Clear, Green, Purple and Red.

Pros:

Like one consumer stated, “Can’t stop eating popcorn.”  And, that pretty much says it all.  However, we will elaborate.  This popcorn popper makes popcorn super quick and it’s extremely easy to use.  In addition, it’s pretty hard to burn the popcorn so expect every batch to be perfectly popped.

A few more notable features we love about this popper:  it is BPA free, PVC free, it has cool touch handles, it collapses for easy storing and it doubles up as a bowl once you’re done popping.  And, overall, we are highly impressed with this microwave popcorn popper.

Cons:

A few consumers complained that this pick for best popcorn popper didn’t pop the popcorn all the way.  However, the less kernels you use, the better your results will be.

 

Best Electric Popcorn Popper

West Bend Stir Crazy Electric Popcorn Popper Machine

West Bend Stir Crazy Electric Popcorn Popper Machine

For those who prefer an electric popcorn machine, the West Bend Stir Crazy Electric Popcorn Popper Machine is the way to go.  This pick for best electric popcorn popper can pop up to 27 cups of popcorn in under 4 minutes.

This electric popcorn popper features a built-in butter well which will allow the popper to evenly coat your popcorn with butter.  However, it is important to note that with this electric popcorn popper, you don’t need butter or oil to get the job done.  Therefore, this is a healthy option when it comes to the popping world.

The West Bend Stir Crazy Electric Popcorn Popper is a 2-n-1 solution.  Once the popcorn is done popping, the top lid converts to a bowl.  And, this top lid is see-through, so you will be able to see the process unfold while you’re waiting.  Furthermore, this bowl has heat-resistant handles.  So, once the popcorn is done popping, you can dig right in.

And speaking of heat-resistance, this electric popcorn popper features a heat-resistant base to help protect your countertops from heat damage.

For cleaning purposes, this electric popcorn popper has a non-stick surface which makes cleanup a breeze.  Simply wipe down the surface and you can throw the serving bowl in the top rack of the dishwasher.

Last, but definitely not least, the serving bowl is BPA free.  

Pros:

This pick for best popcorn popper is a great solution for those looking to feed a group of people as it pops 27 cups in less than 4 minutes.  However, if you’re looking to use this for just a few cups of popcorn, this will work as well.

In addition, the built-in butter well is a great feature as it will evenly coat the popcorn to your liking.  And, the fact that you don’t have to use the butter well is another nice feature.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained this popcorn leaves a lot of condensation on the popcorn.  What happens is this air popper produces steam while popping, and once done, when flipping the popcorn popper over and removing the bowl, the steam leaves the popcorn damp.  It is important to note that most consumers didn’t have this issue.  However, it may be a case of letting the popcorn sit for a bit and allowing the steam to settle.

In addition, some consumers have had issues with the non-stick coating scraping off.  And, this is a bit concerning as you don’t want to be ingesting the non stick coating!  But, again, most consumers didn’t seem to have this issue, so it may be a default with the particular popcorn popper they received.  Our parting words, proceed with caution.

 

Best Stovetop Popcorn Popper

Great Northern Popcorn Company Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper

Great Northern Popcorn Company Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper

Our last pick for best popcorn popper is all about keeping it simple.  And, sometimes simple is better.  However, just be aware, it’s going to take a little work on your part.

The Great Northern Popcorn Company Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper is a classic popcorn machine where you will manually stir the popcorn while it’s popping.  And, while this turns some people off, for others, it can feel like you’re a part of the process.  Furthermore, it’s fantastic for toning up the arm.

This pick for best stove top popcorn popper is made of stainless steel and has a duplex heat pad to ensure even cooking.  In addition, it comes with metal gears, as well as, wood handles and knobs.

The Great Northern Popcorn Company Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper will make 20 cups of popcorn in minutes.  So, if you’re feeding a large family, this is a great solution to consider.

And, it is important to note that this popcorn popper will require oil in order to pop.  Therefore, if you’re looking to feast on “naked” popcorn, you may want to try one of the other picks on our list.

Finally, this pick for best popcorn popper is one of the easiest to clean.  It’s so easy you may forget all the work you did to stir the kernels.  Just wipe the pan down with a paper towel and it’s ready to store.

Pros:

The Great Northern Popcorn Company Original Stove Top Popcorn Popper is the real deal.  It is built with stainless steel and real wood handles.  Therefore, expect this popcorn popper to handle all the torment of popping popcorn for years to come.

Furthermore, it is a great solution for those looking to treat a lot of people as it will make up to 20 cups of popcorn in just minutes.

Cons:

This pick for best popcorn popper is not to be used on an induction stove.

In addition, some consumers state the stirring rod doesn’t reach to the bottom of the pan far enough.  Consequently, this leaves a lot of kernels yet to be popped.

 

Popcorn Popper Buying Guide

Like we mentioned above, there are stark differences between Air, Microwave, Electric and Stovetop popcorn poppers.  And, we’ve mapped out a detailed buying guide to showcase the differences between these poppers and help you make the best decision for you.

Air Popcorn Popper

Popping popcorn via the air popper has been deemed the healthiest way to consume this snack.  And, as Today suggests, it is the healthiest as long as you make “naked” air-popped popcorn.  Naked air-popped popcorn is popping just the kernels and nothing else.  However, most of us like to dress our popcorn with something.  Therefore, after air popping the popcorn, you can control how much butter and salt you dress it with.  So, with a light salty buttery seasoning, you can still be somewhat healthy with the air popcorn popper.

Using an air popcorn popper is easy.  You just feed the kernels into the popper and within a couple of minutes you’ll have a bowl full of popcorn.  And, to get a general idea of how an air popper works, our friends over at Instructables have a great guide detailing the process.

Microwave Popcorn Popper

A microwave popcorn popper is the easiest way to pop popcorn.  And, it is also the least messy.  Furthermore, with our pick for best microwave popcorn popper, it is just as healthy as using an air popcorn popper.  This is because you can pop the corn without oil and add your desired amount, if any, after the popcorn is in its edible state.

So, if you’re looking for the most hassle-free way to pop corn, we suggest going the microwave route.

Electric Popcorn Popper

With most electric popcorn poppers, you will need to use oil while the kernels are popping.  However, with the best electric popcorn popper on our list, you can pop with or without oil.

So, why would you go with an electric popcorn popper over the other options?  And, it all comes down to preference.  Furthermore, some people prefer to have their popcorn continuously stirred for them throughout the process.

Another reason why you may consider an electric popcorn popper is it will pop the most amount of popcorn in the shortest amount of time.  So, if you’re looking to treat a larger group of people, this is definitely the route to take.

To get an idea on how an electric popcorn popper works, WikiHow takes you through the steps here.

Stove Top Popcorn Popper

Popping popcorn on the stove top is Ok as long as you use stainless steel.  And, according to Non Toxic for Health, sticking with a stainless steel stove top popper is your best bet for non toxic popcorn.  Therefore, you should stay clear of aluminum poppers and those that have plastic parts.

And, with the stove top method, it’s rather quick and easy, not to mention, fun.  In addition, it is manual so you will be stirring the kernels as they’re popping.

It is important to note, though, the stove top method will require oil.  So, this is not the healthiest option on our list.

Best Belgian Waffle Makers

7 Best Belgian Waffle Makers

So, how do you like your waffles?  Answering this question will determine which of these 7 best Belgian waffle makers are right for you.  And, just like chefs, each of these waffle makers have their own individualistic style of cooking.

Do you like deep dish waffles?  How about lightly browned waffles with a crispy outer texture?  Or, how about fluffy waffles or flat as a pancake waffles?  Our picks for best Belgian waffle makers has something for everyone.

Best Belgian Waffle Makers

In addition, each of these waffle makers vary on how many waffles you can make at one time.  So, if you’re feeding a family of 6, you may want to consider cooking in bulk and choosing a waffle maker accordingly.  If you’re cooking for one, you may want to consider going with a 2 slice waffle maker or you maybe even want to check out the waffle iron which cooks right on the stove top.

So, whatever your taste may be, you can find it on our list.  Furthermore, each of these picks for 8 best Belgian waffle makers are highly regarded amongst consumers and they have the reviews to back them up.

 

Best Belgian Waffle Makers

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Cuisinart WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker
Cuisinart
WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker
4-Slice Waffle Plates
4-Slot Pancake Plate
6 Temperature Controls
Indicator Lights
Indicator Alert
Removable Plates
9.7" x 12.2" x 6.3"
KRUPS 8000035972 GQ502D Adjustable Temperature Belgian Waffle Maker
KRUPS
8000035972 GQ502D Adjustable Temperature Belgian Waffle Maker
4-Slice Waffle Plates
5 Temperature Controls
Indicator Lights
Indicator Alert
Removable Plates
12.6" x 6.7" x 16.5"
Cuisinart WAF-F20 Double Belgian Waffle Maker
Cuisinart
WAF-F20 Double Belgian Waffle Maker
2 x 4-Slice Waffle Plates
6 Temperature Controls
180 Degree Rotation
Indicator Lights
Indicator Alert
10.6" x 16.5" x 10.2"
Breville The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker
Breville
The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker
4-Slice Waffle Plates
12 Temperature Controls
Batter Settings
Indicator Lights
Indicator Alert
15.8" x 8.8" x 18.5"
Oster 1-1/2 Inch Thick Belgian Flip Waffle Maker
Oster
1-1/2 Inch Thick Belgian Flip Waffle Maker
4-Slice Waffle Plates
Temperature Controls
180 Degree Rotation
Indicator Lights
Drip Tray
14.3" x 5.8" x 10.4"
NordicWare 15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron
NordicWare
15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron
4-Slice Waffle Plates
PFOA-Free
17" x 8" x 2"
Hamilton Beach Flip Belgian Waffle Maker
Hamilton Beach
Flip Belgian Waffle Maker
4-Slice Waffle Plates
3 Temperature Controls
180 Degree Rotation
Indicator Lights
Drip Tray
14.9" x 9.9" x 9.1"

 

Best Belgian Waffle Makers

Cuisinart WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker

Cuisinart WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker

Our first pick on our list for best Belgian waffle makers will whip up some thick and fluffy waffles.  And not only can the Cuisinart WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker cook some incredible waffles in a 4-slice Belgian waffle plate.  In addition, it also comes with a 4-slot pancake plate to switch things up a bit.  So, if you have a family of 1 to 4 people, this size of waffle maker should suit you just fine.

The Cuisinart WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker features 6 temperature controls.  If you would like your waffles on the fluffier side, use settings 1 through 3.  If you’re looking for a crispier outer layer, use the higher settings.  And, speaking of fluffy, this waffle plate is deep enough to make 1 to 1-1/2 inch thick waffles.

Cooking with the Cuisinart is simple.  Once the waffle maker reaches its cooking temperature, a “Ready to Bake” indicator light will alert you to pour in the waffle or pancake mixture.  And, once its finished cooking according to your desired setting, the “Ready to Eat” indicator will light up and you will hear an unmistakable beep alerting you to some fresh-baked heaven.  Time to dish up.

The Cuisinart WAF-300 features non stick removable plates which are dishwasher safe.  Furthermore, this Belgian waffle maker has an attractive brushed steel outer layer which will fit in flawlessly with any decor.

Finally, for easy storing until the next waffle showdown, this Belgian waffle maker has the capacity to sit upright.  And this works well when storing in cupboards as it saves precious room.

Pros:

Because the Cuisinart WAF-300 Belgian Waffle Maker comes with a pancake plate, this also can be used for grilled sandwiches and paninis.

In addition, this waffle maker cooks rather fast with each waffle taking roughly 2 to 3 minutes.

Cons:

Although this Belgian waffle maker cooks rather fast, it takes almost 3 times as long to heat up.

Furthermore, some consumers felt this Belgian waffle maker looked durable, but found it to be flimsy in construction.

Lastly, the Cuisinart Belgian Waffle Maker doesn’t come with a handle lock so the top can fly open if not handled properly.

KRUPS 8000035972 GQ502D Adjustable Temperature Belgian Waffle Maker

KRUPS 8000035972 GQ502D Adjustable Temperature Belgian Waffle Maker

This next pick on our list of best Belgian waffle makers is for those of us who are craving Belgian waffles that are on the thinner side.  The KRUPS Belgian Waffle Maker can cook up to 4 slices of Belgian waffles at one time.  And, at this rate, this is great for a household of up to 4 people.

This Belgian waffle maker features 5 adjustable browning settings which you can set from light to dark.  And, it has red and green indicator lights to let you know when the waffle maker is on, when it’s ready for the waffle mixture and when it’s ready for consumption.  In addition, each of these stages in the process comes with a beep so you can audibly hear when each stage is complete.

The KRUPS Adjustable Temperature Belgian Waffle Maker comes with removable die-cast plates with non stick coating.  Die-cast is simply the process in which these plates are made.  The metal is poured into a cast under high pressure until it forms into a mold.  These plates are removable and dishwasher safe for easy cleaning.

Finally, this Belgian waffle maker will look great in just about any kitchen as it is made of stainless steel.  And, once you’re ready to store it, it has a convenient cord wrap and a handle lock to keep things secure.

Pros:

This pick on our list for best waffles makers is a great waffle maker for the price.

And, it comes with 5 browning settings so you can get the perfect amount of crispiness.

Cons:

If you’re looking for real Belgian waffles, these waffles might disappoint you as they are much thinner than the real deal.

Cuisinart WAF-F20 Double Belgian Waffle Maker

Cuisinart WAF-F20 Double Belgian Waffle Maker

This Belgian waffle maker was rated the best Belgian waffle maker by America’s Test Kitchen.  Now, we consider ourselves to be experts but America’s Test Kitchen always has the final say.  So, the experts have spoken and this is the best Belgian waffle maker money can buy.

Furthermore, this Belgian waffle maker is made with durability and quality.  The outside of the waffle maker features stainless steel with non stick waffle plates on the inside.  However, it is important to note that these waffle plates are not removable, so cleanup will be a bit more tedious.

The Cuisinart WAF-F20 Double Belgian Waffle Maker can cook 2 4-slice Belgian waffles at once.  So, if you’re looking to feed a lot of people then this is a pick to consider.  

This waffle maker cooks up to 1-inch Belgian waffles with deep pockets.  In addition, it has 6 settings where you can control your desired level of crispiness.

Finally, the Cuisinart features a 180 degree rotation so the waffles bake more evenly.  And, once the desired time is up, there is an indicator light and 3 consecutive beeps to let you know breakfast is served.

Pros:

This pick on our list for best Belgian waffle makers is a fun one.  It makes you feel as if you’re a part of the process as you flip the waffles over to create a more thorough and evenly baked waffle.

Furthermore, the Cuisinart WAF-F20 Double Belgian Waffle Maker bakes 2 waffles at a time.  And, this is great for households both large and small.  If you’re cooking just for yourself, have seconds!  However, if you just want to cook one waffle at a time, you can do that too.

Cons:

The waffle plates are not removable which makes cleanup a bit more difficult.

 

Breville The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker

Breville The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker

Many consumers agree, this bakes the real McCoy, true deep dish Belgian waffles.  So, if you’re looking for some fluffy heaven-like Belgian waffles, this is a pick to consider.

In addition, The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker by Breville has 12 heat settings so you can control, in near detail, your desired amount of crispiness.  And, you can also specify the batter type to achieve an even more custom baking experience.  These batter types include Belgian, Classic, Chocolate and Buttermilk.

This pick for best Belgian waffle maker is made of stainless steel on the outside and non stick cast aluminum waffle plates on the inside.  Furthermore, these plates are surrounded by a moat to catch any overflow.

The baking begins when you close the top lid.  Once the waffles are done, an indicator light and an audible alert will let you know when breakfast is ready.  Once the waffle is done, this waffle maker will stop cooking on its own.

Finally, just like its name, The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker by Breville bakes 4 waffles at a time.  So, if you’re hungry or you’re feeding a large family, this is a great option to consider.

Pros:

If you want true Belgian waffles, go to Belgium.  Or, you can purchase The Smart 4-Slice Waffle Maker by Breville.  These are true, deep-dish Belgian waffles.

Furthermore, this pick on our list of best Belgian waffle makers has the most settings.  So, you can achieve your desired crispiness in near detail.

Cons:

The waffle plates are not removable which will make cleanup a bit more tedious.

Oster 1-1/2 Inch Thick Belgian Flip Waffle Maker

Oster 1-1/2 Inch Thick Belgian Flip Waffle Maker

If you’re on a budget, this is a great pick to consider.  The Oster 1-1/2 Inch Thick Belgian Flip Waffle Maker is not only low on price, but it’s also a space-saving waffle maker.  And, when storing this waffle maker, it stands vertically to save precious space in the cupboard.

This Belgian waffle maker is another pick on our list of best Belgian waffle makers that features the flip operation.  This is great for cooking waffles more thoroughly and evenly.

The Oster Belgian Flip Waffle Maker comes with a 1-1/2 inch thick, non stick surface.  And, if you’re looking for thick Belgian waffles, this is one of the thickest on our list.

Furthermore, if you like your waffles crispy, this waffle maker features an adjustable temperature control to cater to your desire.  Once the temperature control is set, this waffle maker heats up quickly.

Lastly, the Oster 1-1/2 Inch Thick Belgian Flip Waffle Maker has a removable drip tray for easy cleanup.

Pros:

For the price, this is a decent machine which cooks exceptional waffles.  So, if you’re not ready to throw down some money on a higher end Belgian waffle maker, this should fuel your appetite in the meantime.

Cons:

The Oster Belgian Flip Waffle Maker is rather difficult to clean as the plates aren’t removable.  Best case scenario, purchase a small soft-head scrub or even a toothbrush to help you reach between the grates.

NordicWare 15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron

NordicWare 15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron

Sometimes simple is better and sometimes cooking Belgian waffles the old-fashioned way is even better.  The NordicWare 15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron comes from a company that was founded in 1946 and who are still manufacturing most of their products in Minneapolis.  And, this company also won the 2015 Minnesota Manufacturing Award for Sustainability.  So, it’s a true salt of the earth company.

The NordicWare 15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron is made of PFOA-free non stick coated cast aluminum.  And, essentially, PFOA means Teflon-free.

This Belgian waffle maker simply works on the stove.  To get the waffles cooking, just preheat the waffle iron on both sides.  Pour in the batter and cook for 30 seconds on one side and 2 to 3 minutes on the other side.  The good news is, the handle stays cool while the waffles are cooking.  Once the waffles are finished, 4 delicious waffles easily go from the iron and onto your plate.

Pros:

This is a definitely a pick to consider, even if you came here looking for an electric Belgian waffle maker.  This company has long-standing values that coincide historically as well as environmentally.  And, they make high quality products.

Furthermore, the NordicWare 15040 Cast Aluminum Stovetop Belgium Waffle Iron cooks up some decadent, crispy waffles that melt in your mouth.

Cons:

This waffle iron takes a little more work than its electric counterparts.  Not much, but a little.  However, these waffles are worth it.

Hamilton Beach Flip Belgian Waffle Maker

Hamilton Beach Flip Belgian Waffle Maker

The final pick on our list of best Belgian waffle makers is one that cooks thick and fluffy waffles.  In addition, the outside will get nice and crispy.

However, what differentiates this flip waffle maker from the others on our list is the waffle plates are removable for easy cleanup.  So, if you’re set on a flip waffle maker but insist on removable plates, this is a contender.

The Hamilton Beach Flip Belgian Waffle Maker is made of stainless steel with non stick waffle plates and a removable drip tray.  Furthermore, the waffle plates and drip tray are dishwasher safe.

This waffle maker has 3 browning settings to help achieve your desired crispiness.  Once the desired cook time is set, a ready light will come on to alert it’s time to add the batter.  Then, lock the batter in place and the waffles are closer to being on your plate.  After about 5 to 8 minutes, depending on how crispy you like your waffles, breakfast is served.

Finally, when flipping the waffles, the Hamilton Beach Flip Belgian Waffle Maker features a cool-touch handle.  And, this cool-touch handle folds down for easy storage.

Pros:

The Hamilton Beach Flip Belgian Waffle Maker is the best flip waffle maker if you require removable trays.  Furthermore, this waffle maker is extra easy to clean as it also comes with a drip tray to prevent overflow.  And, the waffle trays and drip tray are both dishwasher safe. 

Cons:

This waffle maker doesn’t come with an audible alert to let you know the waffles are ready.  So, to prevent overcooking, you will need to keep a close eye on them.

In addition, some consumers felt this waffle maker doesn’t cook waffles very evenly.  Therefore, you may want to flip more times than normal in order to get a more evenly cooked waffle.

Best Spin Mop

Best Spin Mop for Small and Large Spaces

If you’re looking for the best spin mop, there are a variety of options you have when choosing the best spin mop for your lifestyle.  And, we found an array of options that will work for you, whatever your scenario may be.

But first, let’s go over some of the options you have in store.  While most of our picks are manual, we have a battery-operated spin mop that will do the work for you.  Sounds like a great plan, right?

However, if you’re looking for something more basic, we have 6 manual spin mops to choose from.  And, most people tend to choose the best spin mop that’s appropriate for their space.  So, if you’re working with a small space, it’s best to go with a smaller bucket.  If you’re looking to spick and span a larger space, you will want to go with a larger bucket.

Best Spin Mop

In addition, when it comes to the larger buckets, some of our picks come with wheels.  Therefore, its less strain on your back and joints.  So, space is also something to take into consideration when choosing a bucket that has wheels.  If you have a larger space to work with, wheels will probably be the most pragmatic choice.

Another aspect consumers run into when choosing a spin mop is storage space.  So, before biting the bullet and choosing the largest spin mop on our list, make sure you have room to tuck it away when the mopping duty is done.

You may also have a situation where you would like to warn others of the dangers of a wet floor.  Therefore, we included a bucket that has the traditional warning sign letting others know there is danger ahead.

Other options some of our final picks possess are splash guard, foot pedal, soap dispenser and adjustable handle.  However, all of our manual picks offer the much desired built-in wringer.

So, take a browse around and get to the know these tools that are designed to make your life a whole lot easier and cleaner.

 

Best Spin Mop

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
O-Cedar EasyWring Microfiber Spin Mop and Bucket Floor Cleaning System
O-Cedar
EasyWring Microfiber Spin Mop and Bucket Floor Cleaning System
Microfiber Mop Head
Built-In Wringer
Foot Pedal
Easy-Control Water Release
Splash Guard
Angled Mop Head
360 Degree Rotation
Machine Washable
19.5" x 11.7" x 11.5"
5.38 lbs
Hapinnex Spinning Mop Bucket Set
Hapinnex
Spinning Mop Bucket Set
Stainless Steel
Microfiber Mop Head
Built-In Wringer
Self-Balancing
Easy-Press System
Splash Guard
360 Degree Swivel
Latch Lock
Drain Plug
18.1" x 9.1" x 10.2"
3.99 lbs
Bissell Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop
Bissell
Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop
Cordless
Battery Operated
Soft Touch Pads
Scrubby Pads
On-Demand Spray
Swivel Steering
16" x 8" x 45"
14.1 lbs
Finether Single Bucket Spin Mop Cleaning System
Finether
Single Bucket Spin Mop Cleaning System
Microfiber Mop Head
Stainless Steel
Built-In Wringer
2-in-1 System
Easy Pour Outlet
12" x 12" x 12"
7.9 lbs
CycloMop Commercial Spinning Wet & Dry Mop
CycloMop
Commercial Spinning Wet & Dry Mop
Stainless Steel
Microfiber Mop Head
Built-In Wringer
Foot Pedal
Drain Plug
21" x 12" x 11.5"
10 lbs
RoMop Easy to Go Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop
RoMop
Easy to Go Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop
Stainless Steel
Microfiber Mop Head
Chenille Mop Head
Scrub Mop Head
Built-In Wringer
Drain Plug
Wheels
19.5" x 13.8" x 11.5"
7.4 lbs
Mopnado Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop
Mopnado
Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop
Stainless Steel
Microfiber Mop Head
Scrub Mop Head
Built-In Wringer
Soap Dispenser
Wheels
20" x 14" x 11.5"
9.9 lbs

 

Best Spin Mop

 

O-Cedar EasyWring Microfiber Spin Mop and Bucket Floor Cleaning System

O-Cedar EasyWring Microfiber Spin Mop and Bucket Floor Cleaning System

Our first pick on our list for best spin mop is one of the most highly reviewed mops out there.  The O-Cedar EasyWring Spin Mop and Bucket Cleaning System has a pretty impressive list of features that make cleaning much easier.

However, it is important to note that the bucket does not come with wheels.  So, if you don’t mind carrying the bucket from room to room or you’re working with a smaller space, this is an option to consider.  If you’re looking to wheel a bucket around as the task at hand is rather large, you may want to consider some of our other options.

The O-Cedar EasyWring Spin Mop and Bucket Cleaning System features a built-in wringer.  And, this wringer works by simply stepping on the foot pedal.  This foot pedal also controls how saturated you want the mop.  So, if you’re looking for a saturated mop, just push down on the pedal once.  If you’re looking for a damp mop, push down on the pedal 5 times and so on.

And to keep things tidy, the bucket features a splash guard.  So, when you’re ringing out the mop, the water stays where it should – inside the bucket.

This spin mop is made of microfiber which is suitable for all hard surface floors, including wood floors.  Microfiber is gentle enough so it doesn’t scratch the surface of the floor, but it is tough enough to remove dirt and grime.

In addition, this spin mop features a mop head in the shape of a triangle.  This will ensure you reach those corners adequately and efficiently.  And, it has a flexible mop head which rotates in a 360 degree motion to reach just about anywhere.

Finally, this mop head is machine washable and we recommend you let it air dry.  Also, it is recommended you replace the mop head every 3-6 months.  Of course, this depends on how often you will be using the mop.

Pros:

This spin mop is one of the most highly reviewed mops on the market.  And this means thousands of satisfied consumers.  The O-Cedar EasyWring Spin Mop and Bucket Floor Cleaning System has just about every feature you could imagine with a mop.

Cons:

Although most consumers are happy with this product, there are some consumers who state this mop broke after a few months of use.

In addition, if you’re looking for a mop with wheels, this is probably the only feature this mop is lacking.

Lastly, some consumers have complained the mop is rather short in size.  So, if you’re on the tall side, you may want to check out another option.

 

Hapinnex Spinning Mop Bucket Set

Hapinnex Spinning Mop Bucket Set

This spin mop touts a self-balanced bucket.  So, if you are looking for extra security to make sure the water stays inside the bucket as intended, this an option to consider.  And, along with the self-balanced bucket feature, this spin mop also features a detachable splash guard.

The Hapinnex Spinning Mop Bucket Set features a 360 degree swivel head and rotates up to 180 degrees to clean under hard to reach areas.  And, attached to the swivel head is a washable and replaceable microfiber mop head.  Microfiber is gentle enough to work on all hard-surfaced floors including wood floors as it will not scratch the surface.

This spin mop works by way of an Easy-Press system.  Just push down on the handle and this will activate the spinning mechanism.  If you would like to wring the mop out further, just give it another push.

However, the one thing to consider with this particular spin mop is it doesn’t come with wheels.  So, if you’re working with a smaller space, this may be suitable for you.  If you’re working with a larger space, you may want to check out our other picks which offer wheels.

The Hapinnex Spinning Mop Bucket Set is made with plastic and stainless steel.  Therefore, this mop is more durable than their all-plastic counterparts.

And speaking of durability, this spin mop comes with a latch lock.  This will help secure the length of the pole to avoid a rather awkward mopping session.

Finally, the mop bucket features a convenient drain plug which sits towards the bottom of the bucket.  This is a great feature for easy draining, especially when you have a bucket full of dirty water.

Pros:

This pick for best spin mop is a great choice for smaller spaces.  And, because it features a self-balanced bucket, this will greatly reduce the awkwardness when carrying this bucket from point A to point B.

In addition, we love the drain plug included with this bucket.  It makes the job of emptying the bucket so much more fluid.

Cons:

This is another pick which doesn’t come with wheels.  However, for a lot of people, this isn’t necessary.

And, a few consumers have complained that the mop handle fell apart after a few uses.  It is important to note, though, that the majority of consumers are very satisfied with their purchase.

 

Bissell Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop

Bissell Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop

This is perhaps the easiest spin mop you can own.  The Bissell Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop pretty much does the work for you.  It runs on 18 volts of Lithium ion batteries to clean for up to 20 minutes.

And because it runs on batteries, it is cordless.  So no switching outlets, no getting the cord trapped in the doorway, it’s just mop and go.

The Bissell Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop works on all hard-surfaced floors that are sealed.  This includes wood, tile, linoleum and marble floors, to name a few.

This battery-operated spin mop comes with soft touch pads for a gentle clean or scrubby pads for a more thorough cleaning.  Furthermore, these pads are machine washable and dryable.

To operate the Bissell Spinwave Cordless Hard Floor Mop, simply fill the tank with the cleaning solution, spray the desired amount of solution onto the floor by way of the On-Demand spray system and power the mop on.  This spin mop essentially does the rest.

Pros:

This pick for best spin mop is, by far, the easiest way to mop the floors.  And, there’s not even any pushing involved as this mop just glides on its own.

Furthermore, the Bissell Spinwave is lightweight, easy to maneuver and comes equipped with swivel steering.  This will help to mop those hard to reach places.

Cons:

Although this battery-operated spin mop is easy to maneuver, some hard to reach areas are just too hard to reach.  For instance, behind the toilet or in narrower passageways.

In addition, some consumers complain this mop doesn’t apply enough pressure.  So, if you’re mopping up after kids or dogs, you may want to go the more manual route and check out some of our other options on this list.

 

Finether Single Bucket Spin Mop Cleaning System

Finether Single Bucket Spin Mop Cleaning System

This is a great option for those with limited space as it’s the smallest spin mop cleaning system on our list.  So, this would work for those who live in a small-sized apartment and/or for those who have limited storage space.

The Finether Single Bucket Spin Mop Cleaning System is made primarily of stainless steel, so this mop is durable and will likely last you a while.  Furthermore, the stainless steel is rust proof for added longevity.

This spin mop features a 2-in-1 design where the dirty deed of mopping can be done in one basket.  Simply fill the bucket and insert the mop.  Then, push the handle down on the mop until it clicks.  Once the mop is locked into the basket, pull up on the handle and the basket is raised above the water and ready to wring.

The Finether Single Bucket Spin Mop features a microfiber, yarn-like mop which sits at a low-profile position to clean hard to reach areas.  Furthermore, because it is made of microfiber, this is safe to use on all hard-surfaced floors including wood floors.

Finally, once you’re finished mopping, the bucket has an easy pour outlet on the side to rid the dirty water without making a mess.

Pros:

This pick for best spin mop is a great solution for those with a small space.

Furthermore, because this mop is made with rust-proof stainless steel, this spin mop cleaning system should last you a while.

Cons:

A couple of consumers complained about the bucket leaking.  Also, a couple of consumers found this mop not to be user-friendly as it is hard to maneuver it in and out of the bucket.

 

CycloMop Commercial Spinning Wet & Dry Mop

CycloMop Commercial Spinning Wet & Dry Mop

If you’re mopping a space that it utilized by a lot of people, it may be wise to consider giving people a warning that there is wet floor ahead.  The CycloMop Commercial Spinning Wet & Dry Mop features a hard-to-miss caution sign with the traditional yellow color.

And, this commercial spin mop is built-in typical commercial fashion, which is built to last.  The bucket is made of hard plastic with a stainless steel spinner.  And, the mop handle is made of a lightweight metal material.

The CycloMop Commercial Spinning Wet & Dry Mop features a microfiber, yarn-like mop head which is ultra absorbent.  It is also machine washable and replaceable.

To use this commercial spin mop, simply fill the bucket, dip the mop and spin away using the foot pedal.  And, you also have your choice of saturation level.  If you want less water on the mop head, tap the pedal 5 times.  If you want less, just tap once.

Finally, this pick for best spin mop comes with a drainage spout towards the bottom of the bucket.  And this keeps things relatively clean when draining the dirty water after the deed.

Pros:

This spin mop is well made and will last a long time.  Furthermore, this mop bucket gives a clear warning to help prevent accidents.

Cons:

This is one pick that should have wheels but doesn’t.  In addition, some consumers found the bucket rather heavy to lug around.

Lastly, some consumers find the mop isn’t that mobile which makes it hard to clean hard to reach areas.

 

RoMop Easy to Go Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop

RoMop Easy to Go Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop

This is a great pick for those who are on the taller side.  The RoMop Easy to Go Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop adjusts anywhere from 36 inches to 64 inches.  And, this is the longest adjustable handle on our list.  Furthermore, along with having the longest handle, this spin mop set is one of the largest picks on our list.  So, it’s great for those with a large space to work with.  Just make sure you have the adequate space to store it in.

This spin mop features wheels and a convenient handle to roll from one destination to the next.  This will help prevent unnecessary splashing and the awkwardness of carrying a bucket of water around.  In addition, the bucket comes with a water release valve, so when you’re finished mopping, you can easily discard the dirty mop water.  And, this also prevents unnecessary splashing.

The RoMop Easy to Go Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop comes with 2 microfiber mop heads, a chenille mop pad and a scrub brush.  The microfiber heads are great for sealed hard-surfaced floors, including wood floors.  And, the chenille mop pad is great for doing the windows, while the scrub brush is for cleaning tile and grout.  Furthermore, these mops heads are all washable and replaceable.

Finally, this is one of the more durable picks on our list.  The handle and the spin bucket are made of stainless steel while the bucket itself is made of high quality plastic.

Pros:

Consumers rave about the quality of this pick for best spin mop.  So, if you’re looking for one of the highest quality mops, this should be a contender.

In addition, the parts of the bucket are easily removable, which makes cleaning the bucket a breeze.

Cons:

There’s not many negatives to this mop.  A couple of consumers felt it was a little difficult to use, but other than that, the majority of consumers are extremely happy.

 

Mopnado Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop

Mopnado Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop

Our final pick for best spin mop touts an easier spin than all the rest.  The Mopnado Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop features plate gears which help to lighten the force needed to spin the mop.  And, in order to spin the mop, just use the handle as a lever to get that thing rolling.

This spin mop is perfect for those with a larger space to mop.  It comes with wheels and a handle to make it easy to get from one room to the next.  Just make sure when all is said and done that you have the space to store it.

The Mopnado Stainless Steel Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop comes with 2 microfiber mop heads which are great for all sealed hard floors including hardwoods, stone, marble, tile and laminate, to name a few.  And, it also comes with a scrub brush to clean grout and tile.

This spin mop features a 180 degree swiveling mop head which will make it easy to reach hard to access areas.  Furthermore, the handle is adjustable up to 56 inches so you can mop out of reach places such as windows.  However, if you’re on the taller side, this may not be enough length for you.  So, you may want to check the RoMop above.

Another notable feature of the Mopnado is it has a built-in soap dispenser.  This soap dispenser is removable and refillable.

Finally, if you’re looking for quality, this is another one of our picks that is built to last.  The mop handle and the spin basket are made with rust-resistant stainless steel, while the rest is made of high quality plastic.

Pros:

The built-in soap dispenser is a great feature and is large enough to last for a few mop sessions.  This all depends on the amount of space you have to mop, though.

In addition, this pick for best spin mop set is made with quality and is built to last.

Cons:

There is no drainage system with the Mopnado Deluxe Rolling Spin Mop.  So, if this is a requirement, we suggest checking out the RoMop above.

Best Small Microwave

Best Small Microwave – Top 6 Countertop Picks

If you’re looking for the best small microwave to fit a particularly small space, we’ve got you covered.  We searched through tons of microwaves and found the most highly regarded and top reviewed small countertop microwaves on the market.

So, what did we look for when we searched for the best small microwave?  First, we took into account small spaces, nooks and crannies.  And not every microwave is a one size fits all ordeal.  Therefore, we wanted a variety of sizes, from extra small to small, that would cater to nearly every consumer out there.

Best Small Microwave

Next, we searched for quality.  And along with quality comes durability.  Our final picks had to withstand the constant abuse we put microwaves through and live through the ordeal to tell about it.  Well, the live through part we made sure of.  A talking small microwave is something we have yet to see in the future.

Then, we wanted bonus options.  Because small microwaves are more compact, they can only have so many options.  So, while not all of our final picks for best small microwave have the same options, they all have something that will cater to our microwave needs.  Whether it’s a turntable, auto defrost, a 30 second option, popcorn button or 10 power levels, these tiny microwaves deliver some much-desired bonuses.

So, to reiterate, our requirements for the best small microwave include:

  • A variety of sizes from extra small to small.
  • Quality and durability.  This includes scouring user reviews to ensure longevity.
  • Bonus options.

 

Best Small Microwave

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Whirlpool Countertop Microwave
Whirlpool
Countertop Microwave
Stainless Steel
Clock
Interior Light
LED Display
Turntable
30 Second Option
Popcorn Button
750 Watts
0.5 Cubic Feet
13.75" x 14.13" x 15.38"
Sharp R-21LCF Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave
Sharp
R-21LCF Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave
Stainless Steel
Dial Timer
Interior Light
1,000 Watts
1.0 Cubic Feet
20.5" x 16" x 12.1"
Daewoo KOR-7LREW Retro Microwave Oven
Daewoo
KOR-7LREW Retro Microwave Oven
4 Automatic Levels
5 Power Levels
2-Way Defrost
Interior Light
LED Display
Zero Standby
Child Safety Lock
700 Watts
0.7 Cubic Feet
12.7" x 17.6" x 10.6"
Panasonic NE-1025F 1000W Commercial Microwave Oven
Panasonic
NE-1025F 1000W Commercial Microwave Oven
Stainless Steel
Dial Timer
Interior Light
1,000 Watts
0.8 Cubic Feet
16.6" x 20.1" x 12"
Sharp ZSMC0912BS 900W Countertop Microwave Oven
Sharp
ZSMC0912BS 900W Countertop Microwave Oven
Stainless Steel
Clock
Interior Light
LED Display
Turntable
30 Second Option
Popcorn Button
Beverage Button
Auto Defrost
900 Watts
0.9 Cubic Feet
12.4" x 8.7" x 13.7"
Westinghouse 600 Watt Counter Top Rotary Microwave Oven
Westinghouse
600 Watt Counter Top Rotary Microwave Oven
Stainless Steel
Dial Timer
Dial Settings
Defrost
Interior Light
Color Options
600 Watts
0.6 Cubic Feet
17.75" x 12.5" x 10.25"

 

Best Small Microwave

 

Whirlpool Countertop Microwave

Whirlpool Countertop Microwave

Our first pick on our list is the smallest at 0.5 cubic feet.  However, the Whirlpool Countertop Microwave is extremely roomy for its size as it will accommodate a dinner plate up to 11 inches in diameter.  Furthermore, because of the height of this microwave, you will have no problems inserting taller mugs or tumblers.

This pick for best small microwave offers a whopping ten power levels, including defrost.  It also features 750 Watts of power, which is extraordinary for a microwave at this size.  The preferred wattage for a microwave is at 1,000 watts.  However, according to Goodhousekeeping, microwaves with less than 700 watts are slower and may not cook evenly.  And, the higher the wattage the better.  So, this microwave hits above the 700 watt range and cooks accordingly.

Other features of this countertop microwave include 10 levels of cooking power which includes defrost, a rotating turntable to assist in cooking evenly, tap touch controls for easy handling and easy cleaning, a 30 second button and a one-touch popcorn button.

The Whirlpool Countertop Microwave offers a blue LED display and a lighted interior so you can keep an eye on your prize while its cooking.

Finally, once your food is ready, this countertop microwave will alert you with 3 consecutive beeps.  Thereafter, it will remind you every 30 seconds.

Pros:

This pick for best small microwave gets an A++ for style.  It has a subtle retro design that can nonchalantly fit with any decor.

Furthermore, for such a small microwave, this unit is stacked.  It has nearly all the wants and needs of a larger microwave.

Cons:

It seems some consumers received a defective product.  While the majority of consumers are happy, just beware you may be testing your luck with this one.

Sharp R-21LCF Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave

Sharp R-21LCF Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave

At 1.0 cubic feet, this countertop microwave is considered a standard size for small microwaves.  The Sharp R-21LCF Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave can accommodate a 13.5 inch dinner plate.  Furthermore, it has plenty of clearance from top to bottom to fit taller-sized items.

The Sharp R-21LCF Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave operates on 1,000 watts.  And like we mentioned earlier, the higher the wattage, the quicker and more evenly the food cooks.  So, 1,000 watts is a great amount of power to get the job done.  Furthermore, with this microwave, it cooks by way of a magnetron.  Magnetrons emit radio waves, so there’s no need for a rotating turntable to ensure even cooking.

This countertop microwave comes with a dial timer which can be set from 10 seconds to 6 minutes.  If you wish to cook longer, just reset the timer once the 6 minutes is up.  To cancel the cooking at any time, simply open the door or turn the dial back to zero.

The Sharp R-21LCF Commercial Microwave features a dim interior light so you can keep an eye on your food while its cooking.  In addition, the dial has an orange light which will flash as the timer counts down.  Once the cooking time is up, the Sharp Commercial Microwave will alert you with a single ring.

Pros:

With this countertop microwave, you can adjust the cook time while you’re cooking, which with a lot of microwaves, you have to go through the whole cancellation process in order to achieve this.

Another feature we love about this microwave is it is easy to clean.  And, this is due to the microwave using a magnetron heating mechanism instead of a rotating turntable.

Lastly, because this is a commercial microwave, it is built to last.

Cons:

This pick for best small microwave is as simple as you can get.  It doesn’t have all of the bells and whistles, and in all actuality, it is pretty bare bones.  There is no defrost and no preset settings.  While this might be a turnoff for a lot of people, simple is sometimes better.

Daewoo KOR-7LREW Retro Microwave Oven

Daewoo KOR-7LREW Retro Microwave Oven

If you’re on a budget, this little machine will serve you well.  The Daewoo KOR-7LREW Retro Microwave Oven offers a lot of bang for a little buck.  At under $100, this pick for best small microwave oven offers 4 automatic cooking levels, 5 power levels and 2-way defrost.

However, because this is a budget pick, you will be using 700 watts of power.  This means there will be longer cook times and chances are, uneven cooking.  The good news is, this countertop microwave comes with a rotating turntable which will assist with cooking your food more evenly and thoroughly.

The Daewoo KOR-7LREW Retro Microwave Oven is eco-friendly as it features a zero standby function.  The zero standby function will reduce your power consumption, thus reducing your carbon footprint.

This pick for best small microwave is on the smaller side of the scale with 0.7 cubic feet of interior space.  This will accommodate up to a 10.5 inch dinner plate.

Finally, other notable features of this microwave are the child safety lock, interior light, LED display and an alert to let you know dinner is ready.

Pros:

We are really digging this microwave for its extra bonus features and its style.  It is a great little machine for those who live in tiny spaces like apartments and dorms.

Furthermore, the zero standby function is a great addition.  It’s nice to know that power is reduced while not in use.  This will not only save on your electric bill, it will also extend the life of the microwave – not to mention take a little toll off the environment.

Cons:

This microwave has only 700 watts of power.  However, at this price range, this is the wattage range you’re going to get.  The good news is, this microwave is outfitted with a rotating turntable to offset the lower watts.

Panasonic NE-1025F 1000W Commercial Microwave Oven

Panasonic NE-1025F 1000W Commercial Microwave Oven

This is another small commercial microwave oven that is worthy of a spot on this list.  However, this microwave oven is even smaller at 0.8 cubic feet.  

But, don’t let the size fool you.  This commercial microwave will fit half-size pans at 6 inches tall with the cover on.  And, to get a better grasp on how roomy this microwave is, a half-size pan measures 12 inches by 10 inches.

The Panasonic NE-1025F Commercial Microwave Oven runs on 1,000 watts of power.  And with this amount of watts, you will see quicker cooking times and more thorough cooking.  Also, this microwave does not use a turntable.  Instead it features an antenna which rotates, ensuring even cooking.

This countertop microwave works by turning the dial anywhere from 10 seconds to 6 minutes.  To adjust the time while you’re cooking, simply turn the knob.  And, if you want to cancel the cooking prematurely, just open the door or turn the dial back to zero.

Finally, the Panasonic NE-1025F Commercial Microwave Oven features a Grab & Go door handle.  This means you can just open the door without messing with any levers or buttons.  This microwave also features an interior light, a lighted dial so you can easily keep track of time and 5 beeps to alert you when your food is ready.

Pros:

For the size of this microwave, it has a lot of power and is very roomy.  And because it is a commercial microwave, it is durably built to last.

Furthermore, since this microwave doesn’t come equipped with a turntable, it is very easy to clean.

Cons:

If you’re looking for extra features, you may want to keep looking at some of the other microwaves on our list.  This microwave is as simple as you can get, no defrost, no turntable, no presets and no clock.

Sharp ZSMC0912BS 900W Countertop Microwave Oven

Sharp ZSMC0912BS 900W Countertop Microwave Oven

This is perhaps our favorite budget pick on our list.  Not style-wise but functionality-wise.  The Sharp ZSMC0912BS 900W Countertop Microwave Oven offers a variety of automatic functions.  This includes auto defrost, auto beverage, auto popcorn and auto reheat buttons.  This countertop microwave also features a convenient 30 second button and one touch buttons to cook up to 6 minutes.

The Sharp Countertop Microwave Oven offers 900 watts of power, so you’re still in the range where you will see quick cook times and even heating.  Furthermore, this countertop microwave oven comes with a carousel turntable to ensure even and thorough cooking.

And, there’s no need to worry about room.  This microwave oven has 0.9 cubic feet of interior space which is enough to accommodate a full-size dinner plate or roughly 11 inches.

Finally, in addition to all of the above, the Sharp Countertop Microwave Oven comes with an interior light and a blue LED display.  And, once your food has finished cooking, you will be alerted by 5 consecutive beeps.

Pros:

It’s not hard to see the positives with this microwave.  It has everything you would expect with a standard-sized microwave.  So, if you’re looking to get your money’s worth, this is, hands down, the right choice to make.

Cons:

We are not in love with the design.  It’s rather basic and microwave-looking.

Furthermore, it seems some consumers have received duds.  While this happens occasionally with appliances, its something to be a little wary about.  However, its important to note that most consumers are happy with this product.

Westinghouse 600 Watt Counter Top Rotary Microwave Oven

Westinghouse 600 Watt Counter Top Rotary Microwave Oven

Our final pick for best small microwave is another one for those on a budget.  And, this is one that is more classic and simple in design.  The Westinghouse 600 Watt Countertop Rotary Microwave Oven features a rotary dial for easy operation.

And, this is one of the smaller microwaves on our list.  So, if you’re looking for the smallest microwave you possibly can, this is one of your contenders.  This microwave features 0.6 cubic feet of interior space with a 9.5 inch turntable.  Therefore, you’re looking at a microwave that accommodates a 10 inch dinner plate.

The Westinghouse Counter Top Rotary Microwave Oven works by simply turning the rotary dials.  The top rotary dial features defrost, medium low, medium, medium high and high power levels.  Once you have your power level set, you can rotate the bottom dial for your desired time, up to 30 minutes.  When the time is up, you will be alerted by an unmistakable ding.

This countertop microwave offers 600 watts of power.  While this isn’t ideal, it is enough power to heat food, albeit at a slower rate.  However, it does come with a rotating turntable to help ensure even and thorough heating.

Finally, with this microwave, you have your choice of colors:  Black or White.

Pros:

If you’re looking to outfit a rather small space without any frills or any gimmicks, this is a great option.

Cons:

We are weary of the low amount of wattage offered by this microwave.  So, if you’re looking for occasional cooking, such as in a dorm or an RV, this may suit you just fine.

Best Area Rugs for Kitchen

8 Best Area Rugs for Kitchen

When searching for the best area rugs for kitchen, there’s not a lot of selection in that particular category.  Therefore, we had to expand our search to other rug categories in order to deliver a selection of the best area rugs for the kitchen that would cater to our high-traffic needs.

And, there were a few requirements we had in mind when choosing these rugs.  First, the kitchen is a bustling place and an area rug in this particular place should be able to handle all the back and forth that goes on throughout the day.  Therefore, this requirement enabled us to set our sights on quality and durability.

Next we searched for the best area rugs for kitchen that would be able to handle the flying crumbs and random spills that are just apart of kitchen life.  So, we made sure our selection of rugs were easy to clean and/or stain resistant.  Furthermore, with some of our picks, we were also able to find mildew-resistant rugs.  And this is crucial for those spills that go unnoticed.

Best Area Rugs for Kitchen

The third requirement we determined to be a necessity is something to keep the rug in place.  The last thing you want to worry about when transporting a pot full of hot water is sliding across the kitchen.  So, each one of our picks is either made of materials that are resistant to slipping, whether it is due to non-slip backing or a particular material the rug is made out of.

And, slipping is not the only thing there is to worry about.  With a lesser quality of rug, we often find the corners to turn upwards which is a trip hazard.  Consequently, the rugs you see on our list will all lay flat or they will have a seemless edge.  

Lastly, and certainly not least, our selection of best area rugs for kitchen need to look good.  Therefore, we chose an array of timeless options that will be sure to go with just about every decor.  And, don’t forget, most of these rugs come in a multitude of colors.  So, if you’re not jiving with the color but love the pattern and texture, you may want to click for further options.

 

Best Area Rugs for Kitchen

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Vanill Kitchen Vinyl Mat Linoleum Rug
Vanill
Kitchen Vinyl Mat Linoleum Rug
PVC
Non-Toxic
Allergin Free
Slip-Resistant
Color Options
35.4" x 23.6"
47.2" x 27.5" - 70.8"
59" x 80.7" - 118"
63" x 23.6" - 31.5"
70.8" x 23.6"
94.5" x 23.6"
Ottomanson Jardin Collection Natural Indoor/Outdoor Jute Rug
Ottomanson
Jardin Collection Natural Indoor/Outdoor Jute Rug
Polypropylene
Low Pile
Shed-Resistant
Stain-Resistant
Mildew-Resistant
Slip-Resistant
Color Options
2'7" x 7'
5'3" x 7'3"
Kangaroo Brands The Original 3/4" Kangaroo Anti-Fatique Comfort Kitchen Mat
Kangaroo Brands
The Original 3/4" Kangaroo Anti-Fatique Comfort Kitchen Mat
Foam
Anti-Fatigue
Non-Toxic
Phthalate-Free
Slip-Resistant
Waterproof
Color Options
32" x 20"
39" x 20"
70" x 24"
Diagona Designs Contemporary Traditional Moroccan Trellis Area Rug
Diagona Designs
Contemporary Traditional Moroccan Trellis Area Rug
Polypropylene
Low Pile
Stain-Resistant
Mildew-Resistant
Slip-Resistant
Fade-Resistant
Color Options
2'7" x 9'10"
5'3" x 7'3"
63" x 87"
6'7" x 9'3"
7'10" x 9'10"
nuLOOM Natural Hand Woven Rigo Jute Rug
nuLOOM
Natural Hand Woven Rigo Jute Rug
Jute
Anti-Static
UV Protected
Slip Resistant
Color Options
2'3" x 4'
2'6" x 8'
4' Round
5' x 8'
6' Round
8' Round
8' x 10'
9' x 12'
Ottomanson Ottohome Collection Persian Heriz Oriental Non-Skid Area Rug
Ottomanson
Ottohome Collection Persian Heriz Oriental Non-Skid Area Rug
Polypropylene
Low Pile
Shed-Resistant
Stain-Resistant
Mildew-Resistant
Slip-Resistant
UV Protected
Color Options
1'10" x 7'
2' x 5'
3'3" x 5'
5' x 6'6"
8'2" x 9'10"
20" x 59"
Kapaqua Rubber Backed Moroccan Trellis Non-Slip Area Rug
Kapaqua
Rubber Backed Moroccan Trellis Non-Slip Area Rug
Polypropylene
Low Pile
Shed-Resistant
Stain-Resistant
Mildew-Resistant
Slip-Resistant
UV Protected
Color Options
2' x 4' - 20'
3' x 5' - 10'
5' x 7'
7' x 10'
8' x 11'
Fab Habitat Reversible Indoor/Outdoor Weather Restistant Floor Mat
Fab Habitat
Reversible Indoor/Outdoor Weather Restistant Floor Mat
Recycled Plastic
Reversible
Mildew-Resistant
UV Protected
3' x 5'
4' x 6'
5' x 8'
6' x 9'

 

Best Area Rugs for Kitchen

Vanill Kitchen Vinyl Mat Linoleum Rug

Vanill Kitchen Vinyl Mat Linoleum Rug

The first pick on our list for best area rugs for kitchen is a great solution for families or a household that happily creates a mess.

The Vanill Kitchen Vinyl Rug is made of high quality PVC, which resists environmental deterioration, is non-toxic and is resistant to dust and allergens.

Furthermore, you will get your use of this rug as PVC is both durable and flexible.    

The Vanill Kitchen Vinyl Mat Linoleum Rug lays completely flat on the floor, once you’ve prepped it for display.  To prep the mat, simply lay it out in the sun so the material softens.  Once it softens, spread it flat and you have the perfect surface to cook on.

The other aspect of this rug that stands out to us is it is comfortable to walk on.  Because it is made of flexible PVC, you will enjoy a slight cloud-like feeling with every step.  In addition, the PVC will allow the rug to naturally stay where its intended to stay.  So, no slipping or sliding around. 

The Vanill Kitchen Rug is easy to clean, simply wipe with a damp cloth.  However, it is recommended you refrain from using harsh cleaners.

Finally, this kitchen rug comes in all sorts of colors and gorgeous designs.  Because there are too many to list, we suggest you take a browse through them here.

Pros:

Vanill makes gorgeous designs for their rugs.  And, their color palettes are perfect for the kitchen.

In addition, the material is perfectly suited for high-traffic kitchens as it is both durable and non-toxic.

Cons:

If you’re looking for the actual texture of a rug, this rug may not be your first choice.  However, the Vanill Kitchen Rugs are soft and comfortable to walk on and the material is perhaps the most logical choice for a kitchen.

 

Ottomanson Jardin Collection Natural Indoor/Outdoor Jute Rug

Ottomanson Jardin Collection Natural Indoor/Outdoor Jute Rug

This pick for best area rugs for kitchen is made to withstand the outdoors.  So, what will withstand the outdoors will surely withstand the kitchen.

The Ottomanson Jardin Collection Natural Indoor/Outdoor Jute Rug is made in Turkey, of polypropylene construction, in a woven jute fashion.

And while jute is typically woven from natural fibers, this rug is woven with polypropylene.  The benefits to this, beyond durability, is it won’t absorb moisture as a typical jute rug would.  In fact, it won’t absorb it at all.  And this makes it a perfect rug for those random spills that happen in the kitchen. 

Another aspect which sets this rug apart from the naturally woven jute rug is this rug won’t shed.  So, you won’t be cleaning up fibers along with the crumbs.

The Ottomanson Jardin Collection Jute Rug has a low pile weight which lays flat on the floor.  This low pile weight will allow for a near seemless transition from the floor to the carpet.  And, like we stated before, this will help prevent tripping your way across the kitchen.

This area rug for the kitchen is easy to care for.  Simply spot clean and vacuum regularly.  And, it comes in your choice of 4 different colors:  Brown, Cream, Dark Brown or Mocha.

Pros:

The Ottomanson Jute Rug has a natural feel with all of the durability and very few drawbacks.  Most notably, its resistance to shedding and soiling.

Furthermore, this rug is stain-resistant and mildew-resistant.

Cons:

Because this pick for best area rugs for kitchen does not have slip-resistant backing, you may find that it will slip on wood or marble floors.  For an easy fix, check out these non-slip pads you can purchase separately.

 

Kangaroo Brands The Original 3/4" Kangaroo Anti-Fatique Comfort Kitchen Mat

Kangaroo Brands The Original 3/4″ Kangaroo Anti-Fatigue Comfort Kitchen Mat

If you’re looking for comfort, you have found your “rug.”  However, this pick is more appropriately called a mat.  And this mat is not only comfortable but it is rehabilitating.  It will help to improve posture, condition muscles and sooth aches and pains.

Sounds too good to be true, right?  It does, however, when we first stepped on this mat, we didn’t want to leave.  This mat is absolute heaven.

The Original Kangaroo Anti-Fatigue Comfort Kitchen Mat is made of 3/4 inch top grade foam which is non-toxic and phthalate-free.  This foam helps to eliminate pressure on the joints, back, feet and extremities, while providing support for long periods of time.  So, if you’re someone who is in the kitchen all day, this mat is a must have and will make the kitchen a more enjoyable place to be.

Furthermore, this mat is heavy-duty.  It is extremely durable and will keep its shape over time.  It is also waterproof and features a slight texture for a slip-resistant surface.  And, the underside of the mat has a grooved surface to keep the mat in place while the sloped edges offer a smooth transition when stepping from the floor onto the mat.

To care for this mat, simply vacuum and wipe clean with a damp cloth.  You can also scrub it and hose it off if need be.

The Original Kangaroo Anti-Fatigue Comfort Kitchen Mat comes in your choice of 9 colors:  Beige, Black, Brown, Gray, Hunter Green, Mocha, Navy, Red or Sand.

Pros:

The comfort of this mat is undeniable.  It is extremely supportive and relieves pressure from your head to your feet.

However, the other notable aspects of this mat is it’s very durable and easy to maintain.

Cons:

To be completely honest, when we first laid eyes on it, we felt it was rather unattractive.  That is until we stepped on it and it quickly grew on us.  The plus side to this mat is it does come in different colors, so depending on how you match the color to your kitchen, it may just be love at first sight.

 

Diagona Designs Contemporary Traditional Moroccan Trellis Area Rug

Diagona Designs Contemporary Traditional Moroccan Trellis Area Rug

This pick for best area rugs for kitchen is made with a durable synthetic pile with a jute-style backing.  And, this jute-style backing is also synthetic.  So, you won’t have to deal with shedding that often comes with natural jute material.

The Diagona Designs Contemporary Traditional Moroccan Trellis Area Rug is made of a 100% polypropylene.  Polypropylene is resistant to moisture, therefore, it is resistant to mildew and stains.  Furthermore, it also resistant to fading.  So, if this rug is in a spot where the sun hits, it is UV protected.

This area rug offers a low pile so it will create a near seemless transition from floor to rug.  And, this will help prevent you from tripping your way across the kitchen.  In addition, because of the jute backing, this rug is slip-resistant.

Lastly, the Diagona Designs Contemporary Traditional Moroccan Trellis Area Rug comes in your choice of 5 color combinations:  Grey/Ivory, Ivory/Navy, Navy/Ivory, Ivory/Purple or Ivory/Grey.

Pros:

This rug comes with a natural worn look, so add that to the polypropylene construction, and this rug works well in high-traffic areas.

Furthermore, it has a subtle Moroccan design which will compliment just about any decor.

Cons:

Because this rug is on the thin side, it tends to wrinkle if placed on carpet.  However, if you intend on using this rug on wood, marble or tile floors, you shouldn’t run into this issue.

Also, this rug is intentionally faded in some areas.  While some people love this particular design aspect, some see it as an eyesore.

 

nuLOOM Natural Hand Woven Rigo Jute Rug

nuLOOM Natural Hand Woven Rigo Jute Rug

If you want to go with a traditional jute rug that is made with natural fibers, this may be the perfect rug for your kitchen.  The nuLOOM Natural Rigo Jute Rug is hand-woven in India with natural jute fiber.

Now, we haven’t touched on what jute really is.  We’ve spoken about the jute weave but jute is a whole different story.  Jute is a natural fiber which is mainly grown in India and Bangladesh.  It is a strong fiber that holds its shape well and offers natural UV protection, as well as, anti-static properties.

Furthermore, jute can be fairly easy to clean.  You can simply run a vacuum over it, brush with a stiff bristle brush or blot with a damp cloth.  These are just some of the ways to care for jute.  But if you need more in-depth detail, you can find it here.

The nuLOOM Natural Hand Woven Rigo Jute Rug is naturally slip-resistant.  However, this particular rug is also trip-resistant.  And this is because it has an oval shape and doesn’t contain any corners that will perk up.  Furthermore, it is low pile, so it will offer an easy transition when stepping from the floor to the rug.

Finally, this rug comes in your choice of colors:  Natural or Beige.

Pros:

This pick for best area rugs for kitchen is as natural as you can get.  And, there’s nothing like bringing the outdoors inside.  In addition, this rug will go with any decor.  And, with the natural color selection, you can’t go wrong.

Furthermore, nuLOOM makes quality rugs at a very decent price.  So, with all this being said, you’re getting a great deal with this rug.

Cons:

Because it is made with natural jute material, this rug is prone to mildew.  However, because it is on the thin side, it would take a lot of spills to create mildew.  Our suggestion, if you do spill something, make sure to dry it out as soon as possible.

And, again, because it is jute, it will shed.  Not a whole lot, but you will most likely be seeing more fibers than crumbs.

 

Ottomanson Ottohome Collection Persian Heriz Oriental Non-Skid Area Rug

Ottomanson Ottohome Collection Persian Heriz Oriental Non-Skid Area Rug

Persian rugs look fantastic in the kitchen so we made sure to include a persian-style rug that will hold up in a high-traffic area.  The Ottomanson Otthome Collection Persian Heriz Oriental Non-Skid Area Rug is stain-resistant, slip-resistant, shed-resistant and fade-resistant.  In addition, this rug will not absorb moisture, making it mildew-resistant.  And, it is also easy to clean.  Simply vacuum and clean with a damp cloth and a mild soap.    

Made of 100% polypropylene, this pick for best area rugs for kitchen is a low pile rug which offers a nearly seemless transition from floor to rug.  And, this helps to eliminate the bulk that can cause you to trip as you bustle your way back and forth from counter to counter.  Furthermore, the underside of this rug has a rubber backing, which will help prevent this rug from sliding around.

The Ottomanson Ottohome Collection Persian Heriz Area Rug comes in a multitude of sizes and your choice of 2 colors, Red Heriz or Sage Green Heriz (pictured above.)

Pros:

This pick for best area rug for kitchen has a timeless look to it.  So, not only will it work with just about any decor, it will never run out of style.

In addition, at this price, you can’t beat the quality and the look.

Cons:

Some consumers complain this rug is rather uncomfortable and on the thin side, with one consumer stating it felt more like astro turf.  However, if you’re using it in a high-traffic area such as the kitchen, this may be ideal.

 

Kapaqua Rubber Backed Moroccan Trellis Non-Slip Area Rug

Kapaqua Rubber Backed Moroccan Trellis Non-Slip Area Rug

We love Moroccan patterns so it is no surprise we have yet another Moroccan-inspired rug on our list.  And, the great thing about this particular design is it can go with classic or modern decor.  You can even mix it in with country-inspired decor.

The Kapaqua Rubber Backed Moroccan Trellis Non-Slip Area Rug is machine woven with a loop pile.  In addition, it is a low pile rug, so your chance of slipping on the edge of the rug is greatly reduced.  And, this rug has a rubber backing, so it is also slip-resistant.

This pick for best area rugs for kitchen is made of 100% polypropylene which is resistant to stains, mildew, bacteria and moisture.  It is also easy to care for.  Simply vacuum and wipe with a damp cloth.  And if needed, you can use a mild detergent.

Finally, this rug comes in numerous sizes and colors.  Your color choices are:  Brown, Grey, Ivory, Light Blue, Neon Green, Orange, Pink, Purple, Red, Teal or Yellow.

Pros:

This rug offers all the necessities for the kitchen.  It’s easy to clean, easy to care for, it is slip-resistant, stain-resistant and mildew-resistant.

Furthermore, this area rug for the kitchen comes in all different sizes and colors.  So, your chances of matching the carpet to your decor and space greatly increase.

Cons:

This rug is rather light.  So, even though it comes with rubber backing, you made need to add a non-slip pad to ensure this rug stays in place.  However, everyone has different type of flooring so what slips for one may not slip for another.

Fab Habitat Reversible Indoor/Outdoor Weather Restistant Floor Mat

Fab Habitat Reversible Indoor/Outdoor Weather Restistant Floor Mat

Our final pick for best area rugs for kitchen is an indoor/outdoor rug.  So, this is going to handle a lot of abuse.  Furthermore, it is reversible.  So, if one side gives, you have the other side to count on.

The Fab Habitat Reversible Indoor/Outdoor Weather Resistant Floor Mat is an eco-friendly rug made of 100% recycled plastic.  This plastic is power loomed in a woven fashion.

And, if you have ever had anything woven of recycled plastic, you will know that it is highly durable and practically lasts forever.  In addition, you’re doing the environment a favor by taking some plastic out of the ocean.

The Fab Habitat Reversible Floor Mat won’t soak up moisture, so it is resistant to mold and mildew.  Furthermore, it is also UV resistant.  Therefore, if the spot you’re looking to place this rug gets any amount of sunlight, you won’t have to worry about fading.

This area rug for the kitchen comes in a multitude of sizes and your choice of colors:  Blue or Teal.

Finally, this rug is easy to care for.  Simply shake off any crumbs or you can even hose it off.

Pros:

Because this rug is made of recycled plastic, it can handle all kinds of abuse.  And, because of this, this rug is great for those with kids and/or pets.

Furthermore, we really respect Fab Habitat’s principles.  They not only make recycled products, but they ensure their products are child-labor free.

Cons:

If this rug obtains a lot of moisture, it can get slippery.  However, if you’re using it indoors, you shouldn’t need to worry about this too much.

best coffee maker with grinder

Best Coffee Maker with Grinder – Top 4 Programmable Picks

There’s nothing better than fresh ground coffee and fresh brewed coffee – except for the best coffee maker with grinder.  And, this is a device where you can have both nearly simultaneously.

So, what are the advantages of having a coffee maker with grinder?  First off, like we mentioned above, you get fresh ground and fresh brewed coffee back to back.  So, if you thought the smell of coffee brewing was heavenly before, this just makes it all smell a whole lot richer.

Next, there isn’t one person who would love to save on cupboard space and counter space.  And, when you have a separate grinder and a separate coffee maker, things get a little clunky and cluttered.  Therefore, the best coffee maker with grinder will save you precious room in the kitchen.

Another added bonus of having a 2-in-1 coffee maker and grinder is less mess.  We all know from grinding coffee in a separate grinder, things tend to get messy.  With a coffee maker and grinder, the grounds go directly from the grinder into the filter.  So, say goodbye to grounds spilling onto the countertop.

Finally, and perhaps best of all, our picks for best coffee maker with grinder are all programmable.  This means they will grind and brew the coffee while you’re working on getting out of bed.  And, there’s nothing like waking up to the smell of fresh ground and brewed coffee.

 

Best Coffee Maker with Grinder

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Capresso 464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder
Capresso
464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
Strength Settings
Fineness Settings
Conical Burr Grinder
Drip Stop
Charcoal Water Filter
Gold Tone Filter
Safety Shutoff
9.2" x 9.2" x 15.2"
Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Cuisinart
DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
2 Blade Grinder
Brew Pause
Double-Wall Carafe
Charcoal Water Filter
Gold Tone Filter
Auto Shutoff
9.8" x 12" x 17.5"
BLACK+DECKER 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B
BLACK+DECKER
12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
Strength Settings
2 Blade Grinder
Brew Pause
Bronze Tone Filter
Auto Shutoff
10" x 13.5" x 15.5"
Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Cuisinart
DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
Strength Settings
Burr Grinder
Brew Pause
Double-Wall Carafe
Charcoal Water Filter
Gold Tone Filter
Auto Shutoff
7.9" x 12.7" x 15.9"

 

Best Coffee Maker with Grinder

 

Capresso 464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder

Capresso 464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder

Our first pick for best coffee maker with grinder will brew up to 10 cups of coffee at a time.  And, it will grind enough beans for up to 20 cups of coffee before you will need to refill the 6 ounce bean bin.

The Capresso CoffeeTeam GS Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder is programmable so you can wake up smelling the day ahead of you.  With the programmable settings, you can choose between 2 to 10 cups of coffee at a mild, regular or strong setting.  In addition, this coffee maker offers 5 fineness settings to grind the beans according to the darkness or the lightness of the bean.  So, for darker beans, you can program the grinder for a coarser grind.  And, with a lighter bean, you can program the grinder for a finer grind.

Furthermore, these settings are all programmable by a 24-hour clock.  This clock is displayed on an LCD screen which also displays the grind and strength settings.

So, what if you don’t want to use the programmable settings?  No worries, this coffee maker will also work manually.

Now, what happens if you’re up and ready to go before the coffee gets done brewing?  Well, this coffee maker with grinder has a drip stop so you can pour your coffee in the middle of the process without worrying about making a mess.  Then, just place the coffee pot back on the burner and the brewing will resume.

This coffee maker with grinder also features direct-feed technology.  Direct-feed technology is where the grinder feeds the beans right into the filter, so you don’t have to worry about anything except for pouring your morning cup of coffee.     

The Capresso CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker features a solid steel concial burr grinder.  According to Kitchn, a conical burr grinder will grind your beans in a uniform size.  And, since this is a slow grinding concial burr grinder, it will increase the aroma of the coffee.  Furthermore, according to Whole Latte Love, the slow grinding conical burr grinder is the “Cadillac” of grinders.  So, coming from the coffee specialists themselves, this is the best grinder money can buy.

The next question is, what if you want to use pre-ground coffee?  This coffee maker will work with or without the grinder, so feel free to grind or not to grind.

And, for a few other notable features, the Capresso CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker comes equipped with a charcoal water filter.  This charcoal water filter will remove up to 82% of chlorine, sediment and odor from the water.

Furthermore, this coffee maker with grinder features a 2-hour safety shutoff to preserve energy and to keep your surroundings safe.

Finally, this pick for best coffee maker with grinder comes with your choice of a glass carafe or a stainless steel carafe.

Pros:

The Capresso CoffeeTeam GS Digital Coffeemaker is extremely well made and a quality product.  Furthermore, it has endless features from the charcoal water filter to the 3 strength settings to the 5 fineness settings.  And, it is completely programmable, so you don’t have to worry about a thing when waking up.

Another added bonus with this coffee maker with grinder is it comes with a conical burr grinder.  This grinder is the grinder used by coffee snobs and connoisseurs alike.  So, you’re going to have some of the best smelling and best tasting coffee money can brew.

Cons:

A few consumers have complained about how long this grinder takes to grind.  In addition, they also stated that this grinder is rather loud.  So, if you’re a light sleeper, you may want to venture with another option on our list.

Furthermore, once you have filled the bean bin with whole beans, they are there to stay.  So, if you’re looking to change to a different blend, you need to go through the grinding process in order to rid of the unused beans.  However, this grinder has the capacity for approximately 2 pots of brewed coffee, so it’s not the biggest downfall in the world of brewing coffee.

 

Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

This pick for best coffee maker with grinder is another one with a 10 cup brew capacity.  And, the grinder bin has the capacity to grind enough beans for a full pot of coffee.

The Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker is completely programmable.  These programmable settings include a 1-4 cup brewing option, a brew-pause and a grind-off.  The brew-pause function allows you to pour the coffee while it’s brewing.  This will enable the spout to shut off until you place the carafe back on the burner.  Additionally, the grind-off function will allow you to use pre-ground coffee.

Furthermore, these settings can all be programmed 24 hours in advance to ensure you wake up to the smell of coffee.  And, there is a large control panel with an LED display to adjust these settings.

The Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal Automatic Coffeemaker features a 2 blade grinder.  According to the Coffee Detective and other coffee professionals, the better option for a grinder is a burr grinder.  With a 2 blade grinder, there is inconsistency with the size of the grind which can clog the machine.  However, the 2 blade grinder is less expensive than a burr grinder.

Furthermore, with this 2 blade grinder, it is preset to brew medium strength coffee.  So, be sure you choose your coffee blends accordingly.  If you prefer dark-brewed coffee, we suggest going with a darker blend.  If you prefer light-brewed coffee, we suggest going with the lightest blend possible.  Or, you can choose any blend you want and just add less beans.

The Cuisinart DBG-650BC Grind-and-Brew Coffeemaker will automatically grind the beans before brewing.  So, while you’re waking up, the grind process will already be in effect for your much-awaited first cup of coffee.

This coffee maker with grinder comes with a double-wall thermal carafe which will keep the coffee hotter for longer.  And, this carafe features a stay-cool handle and a drip-free spout.

Additional features of this coffee maker with grinder include a charcoal water filter and a gold tone filter.  The charcoal water filter will eliminate most contaminants from the water and will remove odor, making way for an even more delicious cup of coffee.

Finally, the Cuisinart Grind-and-Brew is made in such a way that all materials which come in contact with the water, coffee and coffee beans are BPA free.

Pros:

Consumers find this coffee maker with grinder easy to use.  And, furthermore, it is easy to clean.

In addition, the thermal double-wall coffee pot is an industrial-style pot which is great for keeping the coffee hotter for longer.  

Cons:

This coffee maker comes with a 2 blade grinder as opposed to a burr grinder.  A burr grinder is definitely the far better grinder for better tasting coffee.  However, if you are interested in this Cuisinart but prefer a burr grinder, you’re in luck.  Our last pick for best coffeemaker with grinder is a Cuisinart with a burr grinder.

Lastly, this coffeemaker doesn’t have an adjustable grinder.  So, you will need to work around the medium-strength brew preset by following our examples above.

BLACK+DECKER 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B

BLACK+DECKER 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B

This pick for best coffeemaker with grinder comes with a 12 cup brew capacity carafe.  And, the grinder bin also allows for a 12 cup brew capacity.  So, you will need to fill the grinder bin with fresh beans before each brew.

The Black & Decker 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B features 24-hour programming with multiple settings.  These settings include brew strength, grind-off, small-brew, and of course, grinding and brewing at your desired time.  The brew strength setting allows you to set the option for regular, bold or strong coffee.  The grind-off setting allows you to shut off the grinder so you can use ground coffee.  And, the small-brew setting will allow you to make a smaller pot of coffee for those energy-fueled days.

These settings are all programmable on a large control panel with a backlight display.  This backlight display will highlight the settings and the time.

This coffeemaker with grinder comes with a 2 blade grinder.  And, like we stated above, a 2 blade grinder isn’t necessarily the grinder the professionals use.  It will grind and it will allow for great tasting brewed coffee.  However, because of the way it erratically grinds the coffee, it has a tendency to clog after a while.

The Black & Decker 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker comes with a couple more notable features.  These features include a permanent bronze filter, a brew-stop function and an automatic-off function.  The brew-stop function will allow you to pour a cup of coffee mid-brew without making a mess.  And, the automatic-off function will shut off the heat to preserve energy and prevent a disaster.

Finally, this coffee maker with grinder comes in your choice of colors:  Black, Black/White, Red or White.

Pros:

For having a 2 blade grinder, this machine grounds the coffee reasonably fine.  Therefore, you may be able to avoid clogging issues for longer with this pick.

Furthermore, the grinder is fairly quiet.  And, if you’re a light sleeper, you’re going to love this aspect.

Cons:

There is no water filter with the Black & Decker 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker.  However, to achieve the best tasting coffee, you can fill the water tank up with pre-filtered water.

In addition, there is no reservoir for the beans.  So, you will have to fill this bin each time before programming it to brew at your desired time.

 

Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

Our grand finale for best coffee maker with grinder is a 12 cup capacity coffee maker with an 8 ounce bean bin.  This bean bin will hold a half a pound of beans which will allow you to grind and brew approximately 4 pots of coffee.

The Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker is fully programmable.  These programmable settings include automatic grind, automatic brew, automatic shutoff, brew-pause and grind-off.  The automatic shutoff will shut down the coffee maker to preserve energy and keep your surroundings safe.  The brew-pause setting will allow you to pour yourself a cup of coffee mid-brew without making a mess.  And, the grind-off setting will allow you to use pre-ground coffee.

Furthermore, there is a strength setting and a grind control.  With the strength setting, you can set the strength of your coffee to mild, medium or strong.  And, with the grind control, you can grind enough coffee for 2 to 12 cups.  In addition, there is a feature where you’re able to brew between 2 and 4 cups of coffee.

The Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker features a burr grinder.  And, like we stated above, a burr grinder is the choice of coffee professionals and coffee connoisseurs alike.  A burr grinder will grind the beans in a uniform size, which helps to prevent clogging.  In addition, a burr grinder produces better tasting and better smelling coffee.  And, we’re pretty sure we can all wake up to that.

This coffee maker with grinder comes with a charcoal water filter.  This charcoal water filter will remove most of the contaminates in the water and will help to eliminate odor.  And, eliminating odor will help to achieve the ultimate fresh brewed coffee.

The Cuisinart Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker comes with a double-wall insulated stainless steel thermal carafe and features a comfort grip handle.  This double-wall thermal carafe will help to keep the coffee hotter for longer.

Finally, this pick for best coffee maker with grinder is BPA free.

Pros:

This coffee maker is fairly quiet which is great for the light sleepers out there.

In addition, the Cuisinart Grind & Brew 12-Cup Coffeemaker features a burr grinder for better tasting and better smelling coffee.  And, it helps to keep things from getting clogged.

Another aspect consumers love about this coffeemaker is it is very easy to operate.

Cons:

With this pick for best coffee maker with grinder, there is no fineness settings for coarseness.  If you’re looking for a coffeemaker with grinder comparable to this model that has these settings, you may want to check out the first option on our list.

Furthermore, this coffeemaker requires quite a bit of daily cleaning.  However, some consumers say for such great tasting coffee, it’s well worth it.

 

best kitchen faucets

Best Kitchen Faucets Reviews 2018

If you’re looking for the best kitchen faucets, we have chosen 5 of the top kitchen faucets on the market.  Each one of these faucets are made with high-quality materials, durable construction and are highly regarded amongst consumers.

So, what you need to do is figure out which of these best kitchen faucets is going to accommodate your sink.  And, here are a few things to consider:

  • How much headroom do you need?  Some sinks are deeper than others.  Therefore, the deeper the sink, the shorter the arc the faucet should have.  On the reverse side, the more shallow the sink, the taller the arc should be.  However, we do have a pick that has a rather tall arc, but because the spout hangs down lower, it can accommodate a deeper sink.  So, use your best judgement when eyeing the height of the arc in regards to the spout, and take that into consideration with the depth of your sink.
  • How many mounting holes does your sink accommodate?  If it accommodates 1 hole, you should look for an all-inclusive faucet.  If it has 3 holes, you should look for a faucet with separate levers or a faucet with a base which will cover the holes.  With our picks for best kitchen faucets, these all come with an optional 3-hole deck plate.  So, if you choose one of the faucets below, you won’t have to worry about the amount of mounting holes you have.  Just as long as you have one.
  • What is the finish of your doorknobs, handles and other accessories?  For design and aesthetic purposes, the faucet should match these accessories.  And, most of our picks have options that will accommodate your desired finish.  Some of these finishes include bronze, stainless steel, chrome and black.

So, by now you should have an idea of what you need to outfit your kitchen sink.  Like we mentioned previously, we have chosen some of the highest quality kitchen faucets on the market.  And, these faucets have a huge fan following of a lot of happy consumers.

 

Best Kitchen Faucets

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
Delta Faucet
9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray and Stream
20 Inch Hose Reach
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
9.38" x 10.25" x 15.75"
Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet
Kraus
KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray and Stream
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
8.61" x 2" x 15.75"
Kraus KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet
Kraus
KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spring-Style Hose
Spray and Stream
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
8.84" x 1.8" 26.19"
KOHLER K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
KOHLER
K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray, Stream and Pause
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
9" x 2" x 10.5"
Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet
Moen
Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray, Stream and Pause
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
7.87" x 3.5" x 15.5"

 

Best Kitchen Faucets

 

Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

Our first pick for best kitchen faucets comes in 4 different finishes:  Arctic Stainless, Chrome, Matte Black and Venetian Bronze.  And, this faucet is a modern Euro-design which will work well with both classic and modern decor.

The Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet accommodates a 1 or 3-hole installation.  Furthermore, it has a 3/8 inch water supply connection and will need a 1.5 inch clearance from the backsplash.

For the full measurements of this faucet, the height is 15.75 inches, the spout reach is 9.38 inches and the width of the base is 10.25 inches with 8 inches between the mounting holes.  However, if you only have 1 installation hole, you will only need a 1.25″ hole clearance to accommodate the faucet without the base plate.

This kitchen faucet features a high-arc spout which works best with a shallow sink.  And, this spout swivels 360 degrees and offers a 62 inch hose with a 20 inch reach.  Once you’re finished with the hose, it locks into the MagnaTite Docking.  This docking uses a magnet to keep the sprayer stable and in place.

This Delta Essa Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet will last for up to 5 million uses and comes with DIAMOND Seal Technology.  DIAMOND Seal Technology is a patented design which helps further prevent leaks and extends the life of the faucet.

Another notable aspect of this kitchen faucet is it has touch-clean spray holes which allow for the mineral buildup to be removed swiftly and easily.  It’s so easy, all you have to do is wipe it away with a finger.

Pros:

Because this kitchen faucet only needs a 1.5 inch clearance from the backsplash, this is a great option for those who need a tight fit.

Furthermore, this faucet has a strong sprayer.  And, this could be a plus for some people or a negative for others.  Whatever the case may be, it will efficiently clean the dishes.

Lastly, this kitchen faucet is very easy to install.

Cons:

Like we mentioned above, the Delta Essa Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet has a strong sprayer.  And, this could be seen as a negative as strong sprayers tend to get a bit messy.

 

Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet

Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet

This pick for best kitchen faucets comes in your choice of Chrome or Stainless Steel.  And, it features a modern design that will work well with classic or contemporary decor.

The Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet accommodates a hole size of 1-3/8 inches to 1-1/2 inches for installation.  In addition, this kitchen faucet will need a backsplash clearance of 2-1/2 inches.

Furthermore, this kitchen faucet has a height of 15-3/4 inches, a spout reach of 8-11/16 inches and a base width of 2 inches.  So, because it doesn’t have too high of an arc, this kitchen faucet will work well for both deep and shallow sinks.

The Kraus Oletto Pull Down Kitchen Faucet is extremely durable with a 100% metal body.  In addition, it comes with a corrosion and rust-resistant finish.

This kitchen faucet comes with a 360 degree swivel, pull-down sprayer.  And, the Kraus Oletto Kitchen Faucet has a single-lever control which allows you to set the flow and the temperature.  In addition, it also comes with a button on the spout which allows you to easily switch from stream to spray.

Finally, this kitchen faucet features extra protection from drips for the lifetime of the faucet.  And, it comes with an easy-to-clean rubber nozzle to keep the passageways free from buildup.

Pros:

This kitchen faucet provides a strong water stream, so you may not really need to use the sprayer as often.

In addition, this kitchen faucet is extremely well-built and it is constructed of solid metal.

Also, this is one of the easiest faucets to install, with some consumers saying it took them no more than an hour.  So, you may be able to forgo the plumber with this one.

Cons:

This could be a positive or a negative, but the sprayer is only functional when the button is pressed consistently.  Some consumers like this feature and some consumers do not.

 

Kraus KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet

Kraus KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet

The Kraus KPF-1560SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet comes in your choice of Chrome or Stainless Steel finish.  And, because it is designed as a commercial-style faucet, it will work with every style and every decor.

This pick for best kitchen faucets accommodates a hole size of 1-3/8 inches.  And, it will need a backsplash clearance of approximately 2-1/2 inches.

Furthermore, this kitchen faucet has a height of 26-3/16 inches, a spout reach of 8-27/32 inches and a base width of 1-1/8 inches.  And, once you have all your measurements, you can determine if this kitchen faucet will work with what you’ve got.

This kitchen faucet is tall with a high arc which is usually best paired with a shallow sink.  However, because the spout sits down lower, this will work just as well with a deeper sink.

The Kraus Nola Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet is made of lead-free 100% metal.  In addition, it features a corrosion and rust-resistant finish.

The Kraus Nola Kitchen Faucet comes equipped with a 360 degree swivel spout.  This spout comes attached to a spring-style hose which conveniently pulls down and rests in a magnetic dock.

In order to operate this sink, the stream function on this kitchen faucet works via lever.  And, you can switch to the spray and back to the stream via button on the spout.

Finally, the Kraus Nola Kitchen Faucet features a Kerox ceramic cartridge which will help prevent dripping for the lifetime of the faucet.  In addition, the spout has a rubber nozzle which prevents mineral buildup.

Pros:

We love the industrial design of this kitchen faucet and it will look amazing with every type of decor.

Furthermore, the spring-style hose makes for easy access and easy reach for all the nooks and crannies in the sink.

And, this kitchen faucet is extremely easy to install.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained about low water pressure.  However, the majority of consumers state they have great water pressure.  Sometimes there’s just some bad apples in the bunch.

 

KOHLER K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

KOHLER K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

This pick for best kitchen faucets comes in your choice of finishes:  Matte Black, Polished Chrome or Vibrant Stainless.  And, since this kitchen faucet is a sleek, elegant and simple design, it will go well with either classic or contemporary surroundings.

The Kohler K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet accommodates a mounting hole size of 2 inches and will need a backsplash clearance of 2-1/2 inches.

In addition, this kitchen faucet has a height of 10-1/2 inches, a spout reach of 9 inches and a base width of 2 inches.  And, this is a high arc kitchen faucet.  However, because the arc is only 10-1/2 inches tall, this can accommodate both deep and shallow sinks.

The Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet is made of premium metal construction.  In addition, it comes with a corrosion and tarnish-resistant finish.

This kitchen faucet comes equipped with a 3-in-1 pull-down spout.  This 360 degree spout allows for touch control to navigate from stream to sweep and to pause.  Furthermore, you can also control the stream and the temperature via the single-handle lever.

The Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet features an angled nozzle which allows you to sweep spray.  The sweep spray function will make it easy to reach all corners of the sink and all angles of the dishes.  In addition, this kitchen faucet comes with a magnetic docking which will allow for secure storage for the spout after use.  And, after use, the faucet will remember the temperature used prior.  So, the next time you start up the faucet, you’re all set for your desired temperature.

Pros:

Kohler has been around since 1873 and produces some of the highest quality plumbing products on the market.  So, when you’re purchasing a Kohler product, you can ensure it’s going to be durable and will last you for years to come.

Furthermore, one of the features we love about this kitchen faucet is the sweep spray.  Sometimes with a pull down faucet, it can be tough to hit all the corners of the sink without doing some finagling.  This feature makes it extremely easy.

And, this kitchen faucet is a piece of cake to install, with some consumers stating it took no more than 15 minutes.

Cons:

Although the pause function is a nice touch, it can get a little confusing when you’re dealing with the stream and the spray as well.  However, once you get the hang of it, you’ll be navigating these controls like a pro in no time.

 

Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet

Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet

Our final pick for best kitchen faucets is available in 4 different finishes:  Matte Black, Chrome, Oil-Rubbed Bronze and Spot Resist Stainless.  And, this is a simply designed faucet which will work with every decor, from traditional to modern and everything in between.

The Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet accommodates a mounting hole size of 2-1/2 inches.  Furthermore, this kitchen faucet will need a backsplash clearance of at least 1-1/2 inches.  However, some consumers say they don’t even need that much room.

This kitchen faucet has a height of 15-1/2 inches, a spout reach of 7-7/8 inches and a base width of 3-1/2 inches.  In addition, this is a high arc sink but the spout sits somewhere in-between.  So, it should work just fine with a deep or shallow sink.

The Moen Arbor Pulldown Kitchen Faucet is made with metal construction and features a 68 inch braided hose.  This braided hose has a reflex system for easy and smooth operation.  And, it comes with secure docking system to keep the hose in place when not in use.

This kitchen faucet offers three functions:  stream, spray and pause.  To operate the stream function, simply use the one-handle lever.  And, to operate the spray and pause function, you will find a button on the spout that you can conveniently operate while using the hose.

Furthermore, this kitchen faucet offers Power Boost™ Technology which allows you to boost the water performance and allow for more water to flow through in a record amount of time.

Pros:

Moen has been around since the 1940’s and they have consistently put out quality plumbing-ware.  So, this is a highly trusted company.

In addition, with this pick for best kitchen faucets, it is quality constructed and easy to use.  And, the other easy thing about this kitchen faucet is it’s easy to install.  However, some consumers say it is easier with 2 people.

Cons:

After a few years, some consumers have complained about leaks.  But, it’s important to note that these consumers are in the minority.  These types of leaks can happen with any product, and a lot of times it’s just an easy fix.

 

best latte machine

Best Latte Machine for Every Connoisseur

The first step into purchasing the best latte machine is knowing exactly what you’re looking for.  Latte machines can be rather simple or complex.  And, usually you can determine what you need depending on what type of connoisseur you are.  There are coffee snobs and then there are people who consider coffee to be just coffee.  And, in this case, a latte to be just a latte.

So, if you’re always in search for the best latte, we suggest going with a more complex, and consequently, more expensive machine.  If you’re one of those who really can’t tell the difference from one latte to another, we suggest going with a more simplistic latte machine.

On our list for best latte machine, we chose 5 of the top machines on the market.  These latte machines are highly-regarded by connoisseurs and non-connoisseurs alike.  And, when we say highly-regarded, this means they pass with flying colors for their quality and the frothy lattes they deliver.

 

Best Latte Machine

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus
Breville
BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus
7 Coffee Variaties
11 Temperature Levels
8 Froth Texture Levels
19 Pressure Levels
12.5" x 7" x 12"
Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker
Mr. Coffee
Cafe Latte Maker
24 oz Capacity
Automatic Shutoff
Milk Frother
11.9" x 6.9" x 13.8"
Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine
Breville
Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine
15 Bar Pump
Steam Wand
Automatic Frother
Milk Container
15.5" x 13.3" x 17.6"
Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System
Mr. Coffee
Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System
15 Bar Pump
Automatic Frother
Color Options
11.2" x 8.9" x 12.6"
Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine
Saeco
HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine
8 Coffee Variaties
5 Strength Settings
10 Grinder Settings
Automatic Milk Frother
19.5" x 11" x 18

 

Best Latte Machine

 

Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus

Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus

Our first pick for best latte machine is a fantastic choice for those who are particular about their latte.  And, not only a latte, but a ristretto, espresso, cappuccino, macchiato, lungo and more.

The Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus offers an automatic beverage selection with adjustable settings.  These adjustasble settings include coffee measurement, milk temperature and milk texture.

The coffee measurment setting allows you to adjust the amount of espresso volume.  While, the milk temperature setting offers 11 settings between 133 degrees and 169 degrees Fahrenheit, with a 3 second heat-up time.  And, the milk texture setting offers 8 textures of froth.

All of these settings are displayed on an LCD display which will guide and assist you throughout the process.  In addition, this LCD display will guide you through maintenance such as cleaning and descaling.

The Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus features 19 bars of pressure.  And, for those who are new to the game, the more bars of pressure you have, the faster the coffee will extract.  However, according to our friends at the Perfect Daily Grind, 9 bars is the ideal pressure for the perfect cup of espresso.

Lastly, this latte machine comes with a a stainless steel milk jug.  And, it features a 1.5 Liter tank which will yield about a week’s worth of lattes.

Pros:

The Breville Nespresso Creatista Plus makes some fabulous froth.  And, because it offers 8 textures of froth, you’re able to froth to your exact specifications.

Furthermore, this latte machine features a large water tank, which will most likely last you a week, or even longer.

Cons:

This latte machine only allows for espresso pods and requires Nespresso espresso capsules.  For some people, this is a positive feature; less mess and a perfect grind.

However, not everyone is a fan of the pods and this can be a huge negative.

 

Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker

Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker

This pick for best latte maker is as simple as it gets.  So, this one is for those who love lattes, but yet, a latte is just a latte is just a latte.

The Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker is a one-touch automatic latte maker which not only brews lattes, but hot chocolate as well.

This 24 ounce latte maker simotaneously brews coffee or espresso and froths milk.  Once finished with the brew process, the Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker automatically shuts off.

To clean this latte maker, simply run the brew basket through the dishwasher and wipe the carafe with a damp cloth as this carafe is not dishwasher safe.  

Finally, included is a 20 recipe book for how to create everthing from a classic latte to a gingerbread latte.  And, of course, hot chocolate.

Pros:

This latte machine is about as hassle-free as you’re going to get.  And, for being so simple, it makes a surprisingly fantastic latte.

Furthermore, it’s a perfect solution for a large household.

Cons:

The Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker does not brew regular coffee.  However, a consumer seemed to figure out the trick.  Instead of filling the frother with milk, fill it with water.  And, this seems to do the trick.

In addition, the carafe is not dishwasher safe.  Although, it doesn’t take very long to just rinse it out or wipe it down.

 

Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine

Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine

This latte machine is a great choice for a household of 2 or more coffee snobs.  The Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine offers all the features of a professional latte machine.  And, it’s fitting for 2 as it offers the ability to make 1 or 2 espresso shots at once.

This latte machine has a 15 bar Italian-style pump which automatically begins with a low pressure and slowly graduates to an intense pressure.  And, this particular method of espresso extraction is used by professional baristas.

The Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine has a 1 or 2-cup single or dual wall filter basket which will manually control the volume of espresso. Once the espresso is extracted, simply steam the milk with the traditional-style frother.  This frother is made of heavy-duty stainless steel, has a 360 degree swivel and offers a safety handle for helping to prevent burns while handling the wand.

This pick for best latte machine features quite the tank.  It features a 61 ounce water tank which should last a week or more.  Of course, this all depends on your latte intake.  Furthermore, the Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine has a built in water filter which will help reduce contaminents.

Pros:

This latte machine is extremely easy and great machine to learn on.  In addition, the water heats up fast, so there’s little downtime from having no latte to having a latte.

Furthermore, many consumers rave this latte machine is consistant and reliable.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained this latte machine contains plastic parts.  Unfortunately, though, at this price point, you will be seeing plastic parts with the majority of the machines out there.

And, a couple of consumers have complained this latte machine is rather loud.  Perhaps, it’s a sign that it’s working well.  Although, we must say, most latte machines are rather noisy and we don’t find this one to be anything out of the extroidanary.

 

Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System

Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System

This pick for best latte machine is another great one for those who would rather not deal with the complexities of a more expensive machine.  The Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System is a semi-automatic machine which brews espresso, cuppauccino and lattes.

This latte machine features a one-touch control panel which will allow you to select the drink of your choice.  And, it has a 15 bar pump, which will extract commercial-quality espresso.  Furthermore, this latte machine has an automatic milk frother to froth the perfect latte everytime.

And, with the Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista, you will be able to select a single or a double shot.  Which, makes this a great option for 2 or more latte lovers.

Finally, this latte machine comes in your choice of 3 colors:  White, Red or Stainless Steel.

Pros:

The Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista is extremely easy to use and a great choice for those who just don’t want to deal.  And, it brews a latte, cappuccino or espresso quickly and easily.

Furthermore, this latte machine has a cleaning system which is simple to operate.  Just press a button to run hot water through the extraction tube or the milk frother.

Cons:

A minority of consumers complained the water tank leaked within months of use.  And, another minority of consumers said this latte machine broke down within months.

Furthermore, there were other consumers who complained the milk wasn’t frothing hot enough.

Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine

Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine

Our final pick for best latte machine is a high-end machine for those who are serious about their lattes.  And, the Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine offers 8 coffee varieties.  Some of these varities include espresso, espresso lungo, ristretto, cafe crema, cappicino, espresso double and cafe latte.

In addition, not only does this latte machine offer 8 coffee varities, it also offers 10 grinder settings for a more intense latte experience or for those days where you just need a small pick me up.

This latte machine operates by a one-touch automatic system.  Simply choose a coffee variety, push a button and the espresso will extract.  And, the same works with the froth.  Just push a button and the automatic milk frother will do all the work for you.

The Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo also features a strength selection which will remember how strong you like your espresso.

Finally, this latte machine has an AquaClean filter which can deliver up to 5,000 lattes without descaling.

Pros:

This latte machine is extremely customizable – from the strength of the espresso, to the grinder settings, to the coffee temperature.  And, it really does just about everything for you with a professional outcome.

Furthermore, this latte machine allows for ground coffee beans or whole beans. 

And, The Saeco PicoBaristo is fairly easy to learn and simple to operate.  Just be sure to read the instructions thoroughly before use and you shouldn’t have any issues.

Cons:

Depending on your space, this can be a good thing or a bad thing.  But, make sure you have the adequate space for this machine.  The Saeco PicoBaristo is narrow but long.  And, you will need space to flip the top cover open for beans and water.

Lastly, this latte machine is on the expensive side.  But, it is a high-end and high-quality machine.  And, without ordering a latte out everyday, will pay for itself over time.  Probably sooner than you can imagine.

best mixing bowls

Best Mixing Bowls – Stainless Steel & Plastic

If you’re looking for the best mixing bowls, we searched high and low for the best all-around mixing bowls on the market.  And, if you are specifically looking for stainless steel mixing bowls, you’re in luck.  We found 6 high quality stainless steel mixing bowls that surely compliment your kitchen.

If you’re looking for plastic mixing bowls, we found one set that is extremely durable and BPA free.  It is also a consumer favorite.

And, if you’re not sure if you should go with a stainless steel set or a plastic set, we have a small guide to help you sort out the differences.

Best Mixing Bowls Buyer’s Guide

Should I go with a stainless steel or plastic set of mixing bowls?

Both of these options are lightweight and durable.  However, there is one big distinction between the two.

According to FOOD52, plastic tends to absorb odors and oil.  Additionally, plastic is prone to stains.  Especially if you will be prepping with beets, blueberries, tomato sauce and the like.  

And then, the other difference is the texture.  Some people may prefer plastic over stainless steel because sometimes stainless steel can feel like fingernails on a chalkboard.  Of course, not everyone feels this way but there are people that do.  So, be sure to take this into consideration because cooking and baking should be enjoyable.

In the end, whatever you choose to go is most likely personal preference.  And, like we mentioned previously, our pick for the best plastic mixing bowls is BPA free.  So, you’re not going to be mixing any harmful chemicals in with the chocolate chip cookies.

 

Best Mixing Bowls

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls
All-Clad
MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls
18/10 Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handles
Drip-Free Rim
Dishwasher Safe
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
5 Quart
KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set
KitchenAid
3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set
18/8 Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handles
Non-Slip Base
Dishwasher Safe
3 Quart
5 Quart
15 Quart
The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3
The Pampered Chef
Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3
Brushed Stainless Steel
Silicone Thumb Hole
Silicone Base
Pour Spout
Metric Measurements
Dishwasher Safe
2 Quart
4 Quart
6 Quart
OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set
OXO Good Grips
3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set
Brushed Stainless Steel
Plastic Exterior
Non-Slip Base
Dishwasher Safe
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
5 Quart
KUKPO Mixing Bowls
KUKPO
Mixing Bowls
BPA-Free Plastic
Non-Slip Handles
Non-Slip Base
Pour Spout
Dishwasher Safe
1.8 Quart
3.6 Quart
6.5 Quart
Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids
Bellemain
Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids
18/10 Stainless Steel
BPA-Free Silicone Lids
Silicone Base
Metric Measurements
Dishwasher Safe
1 Quart
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
5 Quart
FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls
FINEDINE
Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls
Stainless Steel
Dishwasher Safe
.75 Quart
1 Quart
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
4 Quart
5 Quart
8 Quart

 

Best Mixing Bowls

All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls

All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls

Our first pick for best stainless steel mixing bowls is one of the most exquisite sets available.  The All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls comes from a company that has been around for nearly 5 decades and produces cookware with American-made steel.

This set of stainless steel mixing bowls are made with high quality 18/10 steel, also known as 304 grade stainless steel.  And, according to Mightynest, 18/10 stainless steel is made of 18% chromium and 10% nickel.  It is durable, corrosion resistant and safeguards against chemical transfer.

The All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls are stackable and come with a 1.5 quart, 3 quart and 5 quart capacity mixing bowls.  And, all together, they weigh 7 pounds.

These stainless steel mixing bowls feature a rolled rim for drip-free pours.  In addition, they come with handles for an easy grip.

Finally, this set of mixing bowls is dishwasher safe.

Pros:

This company makes high quality stainless steel cookware and these mixing bowls are no different.  Furthermore, the handles offer a superb grip and the drip-free edges are a thoughtful bonus.  

Cons:

Some consumers have complained these mixing bowls are on the small side.  Additionally, since they are stainless steel, they will scratch.

KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set

KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set

This next pick for best mixing bowls is made of heavy gauge, 18/8 stainless steel.  The KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set is durable, rust-resistant and corrosion-resistant.

These stainless steel mixing bowls set are a nesting-style set which comes with a 3 quart, 5 quart and 15 quart bowl.

The KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set features seemless handles which provide a slip-free grip.  In addition, each mixing bowl comes with a non-slip base to prevent bowls from sliding around on the counter.  This non-slip base will also protect the countertops from damage such as scratching.

Lastly, this set of stainless steel mixing bowls is dishwasher safe.  And, they come in your choice of colors:  Candy Apple Red or Stainless Steel.

Pros:

The KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set, in our opinion, have the perfect array of sizes.  And, at a little over 4 pounds, they are a nice weight.    

Cons:

If you decide to go with the Candy Apple Red color, some consumers have complained the color chips off.

Furthermore, there have been complaints the edge of the rim is sharp and uncomfortable.

The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3

The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3

We are a huge fan of The Pampered Chef and this set of mixing bowls further validates our love for this company.  The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set offers the perfect solutions for all of our prepping issues.

First, this set of mixing bowls come with metric marks on the inside to get the precise measurement without dirtying a measuring cup.  Next, each bowl comes with a built-in, drip-free pour spout.  Finally, these bowls have a padded thumb hole to stabalize the bowls while you’re whisking away.  And, if you’re so inclined, you can use these thumb holes for hook storage.

The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set is made of high quality, brushed stainless steel.  This stainless steel is resistant to rust and corrosion.

Furthermore, these stainless steel mixing bowls have a silicone bottom for a slip-free prepping session.  In addition, this silicone bottom will help to protect the countertops from damage.

And, not only does this set come with a silicone bottom, but silicone lids as well.  This makes it easy to transport or refrigerate.

This set includes a 2 quart, 4 quart and 6 quart mixing bowl.  They are dishwasher safe, refrigerator safe and freezer safe.

Pros:

What can we say?  There are a lot of positives to this set of stainless steel mixing bowls.  From the pour spout, to the thumb/storage holes, to the silicone bottom, and of course, the silicone lids.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained the lids tend to pop off.

In addition, the edges are a bit sharp and uncomfortable.

OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set

OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set

This pick for best mixing bowls is a great option for those who are undecided about whether to go with stainless steel or plastic.  The OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set is made of quality, brushed stainless steel with a plastic exterior.  And, this plastic exterior is beneficial as it will help to protect the hands when dealing with hot foods.

This stainless steel mixing bowl set comes with a 1.5 quart, 3 quart and 5 quart bowls which nest inside of eachother for easy storing.  And, they are lightweight at 3.4 pounds.

Each bowl in the OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set features a non-skid bottom for a slip-free prep session.  Furthermore, this non-skid bottom will help protect the counters from damage.

Finally, this set of stainless steel mixing bowls is dishwasher safe.

Pros:

The OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set is sturdy and extremely durable.

In addition, because of the stainless steel interior and the plastic exterior, they retain heat well.  And, when dealing with heat, the plastic exterior is a great alternative to hot pads or oven mitts.  

Cons:

A couple of consumers have complained about rusting.  However, most consumers haven’t reported on this particular problem.  The best advice we could give is to make sure these bowls are completely dry before storing.

KUKPO Mixing Bowls

This pick for best mixing bowls is in the plastic category.  And, like we stated previously, this is BPA-free plastic.  So, this set of mixing bowls won’t be transferring chemicals onto your food.

The KUKPO Mixing Bowls come in 3 sizes:  1.8 quart, 3.6 quart and 6.5 quart.  And, these are nesting-style of bowls, so you can store them away convienently.

This set of mixing bowls feature “easy grip handles.”  These handles consist of non-slip rubber.  In addition, the base of these bowls offer a non-skid bottom to protect the countertops and to keep things steady while mixing.

And, perhaps one of our favorite features is the easy pour spout.  So, you can say goodbye to sloppy pouring with these bowls.  

Finally, the KUKPO Mixing Bowls are dishwasher and freezer safe.

Pros:

We love the pour spout and this features is one of our favorites of any mixing bowl.

In addition, these bowls are fairly deep which help to keep the food inside the bowl while mixing.  

Cons:

The bottom is rounded which makes them a bit unstable.  However, some cooks prefer the rounded bottoms better.

Furthermore, some consumers have complained these mixing bowls are not all that sturdy.

Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids

Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids

These mixing bowls are likely the most budget-friendly picks on our list.  However, the Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls look anything but budget-friendly.

This set of 4 mixing bowls come in the following sizes:  1 quart, 1.5 quart, 3 quart and 5 quart.  And, these mixing bowls are lightweight at 3.9 pounds.

The Bellemain Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls are made of 18/10 stainless steel with silicone coating on the bottom.  This silicone coating is slip-resistant and will help protect the countertop from scratching.

In addition, this pick for best mixing bowls comes with BPA-free silicone lids.  This will help secure the food while you transport, refrigerate or freeze.

The Bellemain Mixing Bowls feature metric measurements on the inside of each bowl.  And, this will help maximize your time in the kitchen and prevent you from needlessly dirtying a measuring cup.

These mixing bowls are dishwasher safe and they are able to go in the oven at a maximum 390 degree temperature Fahrenheit.

Pros:

Lids, metric measurement, BPA-free, 18/10 stainless steel, oven-friendly…need we say more?  Oh, yes, we do!  These are also budget-friendly.  You can’t get much better than all of that.

Cons:

There is no convienent pour spout or functional edge that allows for a drip-free pour.

 

FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls

FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls

Our final pick for best mixing bowls come with a whopping 6 bowls in total.  The FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls comes with the following sizes:  .75 quart, 1.5 quart, 3 quart, 4 quart, 5 quart and 8 quart.

These mixing bowls are made with commercial-grade stainless steel that are rust and corrosion-resistant.

The FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls feature a wide rim for even pouring and a flat base to stabilize the bowls while mixing.

Finally, this set of mixing bowls can be stored in the refrigerator and freezer.  In addition, they are dishwasher-safe.

Pros:

You get a lot of bang for your buck with these mixing bowls.  In addition, they are extremely sturdy.

Cons:

They don’t have all the bells and whistles like some of our other picks.  There is no pour spout or non-slip base.

best under counter wine cooler

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge

Narrowing down the best under counter wine cooler is next to impossible.  Everyone has different needs and different dimensions to work with.  And, everyone has a different idea as to how much wine is necessary to keep their sanity is tact.

However, the good news is, we have narrowed down the best under counter wine coolers in nearly every dimension and every bottle capacity. 

And, in order to make your purchasing experience easier, our buying guide below will help you figure out exactly what you need to know before hitting that buy button.

But, if you already know exactly what you need, you can skip the buying guide and scroll on down to our picks for the best under counter wine coolers.

best under counter wine cooler

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge Buying Guide

How much wine are you looking to store?

Not only does this question need to be answered, but also, how much undercounter space do you have for a wine cooler? 

And, these are the most important questions you’re going to answer in order to get you well on your way to purchasing the best under counter wine cooler for you.

Under counter wine coolers typically store a range of  7 bottles to 75 bottles of wine.  They come in a standard height of roughly 32 inches to 35 inches, which will fit under most counter tops.

The only aspect that really changes with each size of the different undercounter wine coolers is the width.  And, the more wine you’re looking to store, the wider the wine cooler will be.

Should you go with thermoelectric cooling or compressor cooling?

The next question you’re going to want to ask yourself is which cooling system will be the best for you.

Thermoelectric cooling is typically used in smaller units, is low-decibel, energy-efficient and is extremely quiet.

Compressor cooling is typically used for larger units as it has the capability to cool large amounts of wine at once.  It uses quite a bit of energy and is louder than thermoelectric cooling.  

Choosing between these two cooling systems usually depends on the size of the unit.  If you’re going for a small unit, thermoelectric cooling will be your best bet.  If you’re going for a larger unit, compressor cooling will be your best bet.

However, regardless of the size of the unit, a compressor cooling system is the best option to keep your wine at the optimal temperature.

Do you need dual temperature zones?

Dual temperature zones are a great way to keep red, white, and sparkling wines at their optimal temperature.  And this is so you can enjoy them at their best:  aromatic and flavorful.

Typically, under counter wine coolers come with a single temperature zone.  However, if you’re looking for a larger unit, the more likely you will run into a cooler with dual temperature zones.  And, a dual temperature zone wine cooler is the most preferred amongst wine connoisseurs.

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge

So, by now you should have an idea of what you need to satisfy your taste for wine.  And, below, we have detailed the top selling and top rated wine coolers on the market.  Take a trip through and see if one checks off  your wants and your needs.

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Kalamera 24" Wine Cooler
Kalamera
24" Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Single Zone Temperature
Triple-Layered Glass Door
LED Touch Control
Sliding Drawers
Reversible Door
Security Lock
Interior Blue LED Light
18 Bottle
22.4" x 33.9" x 11.6"

54 Bottle
23.4" x 33" x 22.4

66 Bottle
30.5" x 33.9" x 22.4"
Avallon AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24" Dual Zone Wine Cooler
Avallon
AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24" Dual Zone Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Dual Zone Temperature
Dual Circulation Fans
Digital Control Panel
Sliding Drawers
Double-Paned Glass
Front Ventilation
Carbon Filtration
Security Lock
Interior Blue LED Light
42 Bottle
34.5" x 23.9" x 23.7"
EdgeStar CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler
EdgeStar
CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Single Zone Temperature
Internal Fan
Digital Control Panel
Sliding Drawers
Double-Paned Glass
Auto Defrost
UV Protection
Interior Blue LED Light
30 Bottle
32" x 15" x 23.75"
NewAir AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler
NewAir
AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Dual Zone Temperature
Adjustable Thermostat
Sliding Drawers
Double-Paned Glass
Safety Lock
UV Protection
Interior Blue LED Light
29 Bottle
33.75" x 14.88" x 22.5"
EdgeStar CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler
EdgeStar
CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Single Zone Temperature
Digital Control Panel
Sliding Drawers
Adjustable Shelves
Double-Paned Glass
Safety Lock
UV Protection
Interior Blue LED Light
7 Bottle
34.38" x 5.88" x 18.63"

 

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge

 

Kalamera 24" Wine Cooler

#1.  Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler

Our first pick for best under counter wine cooler is a 54 bottle capacity cooler.  This cooler measures 23.4 inches wide, 33 inches tall and 22.4 inches deep.  The suggested built-in dimensions are 23.8 inches wide, 33.2 inches tall and 22.4 inches deep.

And, for those looking for a smaller or larger unit, this pick for best under counter wine cooler also comes in a 18 or 66 bottle unit.

The Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler features a triple-layered, tempered glass door.  The triple-layered, tempered glass will help stabilize temperature levels.  It will also preventing fog from clouding up the glass.

This wine cooler has a compressor cooling system which helps keep this large capacity wine cooler at an even temperature.  However, even though it has compressor cooling, this wine cooler offers a quietness and a low vibration rarely seen with compression cooling.

The Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler has a single zone temperature control which is controlled by a one-touch control LED display.  This one-touch control will allow you to set the temperature between 40 and 66 degrees Fahrenheit.

This unit has 6 sliding beech wooden shelves for easy access.  Each shelf holds a maximum of 8 regular sized wine bottles.

Other features of the Kalamera 24″ Wine cooler include a security lock, a reversible door and a blue interior LED light.

Pros:

The Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler is surprisingly quiet for having a compressor cooling system.  And, since it is quiet and has low vibration, this will help maintain the delicate balance of the wine. 

Cons:

The shelves aren’t designed to fit champagnes bottles.  You can still store champagne bottles but it’s a bit on the awkward side.

 

 

Avallon AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24" Dual Zone Wine Cooler

#2.  Avallon AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24″ Dual Zone Wine Cooler

This pick for best wine cooler is a 42 bottle capacity cooler.  It measures 34.5 inches tall, 23.9 inches wide and 23.7 inches deep.

The Avallon AWC241FC Wine Cooler offers dual temperature zones.  Both the right and the left zones offers a temperature range of 40 to 65 degrees Fahrenheit.  These zones are easily and convienently adjustable via digital controls.

And, with high-efficiency compressor cooling, along with 2 dual internal circulation fans, this wine cooler will keep wine at a consistent temperature for optimal flavor and preservation.  

This under counter wine cooler features french doors and 12 wooden roll-out shelves for easy access.  Furthermore, it has an interior bottom which is scalloped to hold additional bottles.

The Avallon AWC241FD Dual Zone Wine Cooler offers interior LED lighting, double-paned glass, security locks, front ventilation and carbon filtration to prevent unwanted guests such as odors and debris.

Pros:

The double doors on this unit give this pick for best under counter wine cooler a more upscale look.  Additionally, with compressor cooling and the 2 dual circulation fans, the temperature will stay consistent to ensure the best tasting wine possible.

Cons:

The shelves are not designed to hold standard-sized champagne bottles.  However, you can either remove a shelf or place the champagne bottles below on the interior bottom.

  

EdgeStar CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler

#3.  EdgeStar CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler

This under counter wine cooler can also be used as a freestanding cooler.  And, since this wine cooler is on the slimmer side, it is a great option for those who have limited space to work with.

The EdgeStar CWR301SZ Wine Cooler measures 32 inches tall, 15 inches wide, 23.75 inches deep.  And, it is capable of storing up to 30 regular-sized bottles of wine.

This wine cooler features 6 full-sized, slide-out, wood-trimmed wire shelves.  And, each of the 6 full-sized shelves will hold 4 regular-sized bottles of wine.  It also has an additional upper shelf that will hold 1 bottle of wine.

The EdgeStar Built-In Wine Cooler has a compressor cooling system with an internal fan.  This fan will help to distribute and circulate the air, ensuring a constant temperature.  In addition, this unit comes with automatic defrost and a built-in carbon filter.

This wine cooler offers touch control with a digital display to easily and convienently adjust the temperature within a range of 40 to 65 degrees Fahrenheit.

Other features of the EdgeStarCWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler include blue interior LED lighting, reversible double-paned glass door, rubber bushing to absorb vibration and noise, and black dotted door tinting to prevent UV rays from tainting the wine.

Pros:

This unit is perfectly sized to replace old appliances like trash compactors and it’s easy to install.

Cons:

The racks are rather narrow which can be burdonsome with larger bottles.  Additionally, some customers have complained that this unit is a bit noisy for how small it is.

 

 

NewAir AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler

#4.  NewAir AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler

This under counter wine cooler is not only compact, but it features dual temperature zones – something rarely found in compact units.  And, like we previously stated in our buying guide, dual temperature zones are a preferred method to keep white, red and sparkling wines at their optimal temperature.

The upper unit of this dual temperature zone is designed for white wines and allows you to keep the temperature between 40 to 50 degrees Fahrenheit.  The lower unit of this dual temperature zone is designed for red wines and allows you to keep the temperature between 50 to 66 degrees Fahrenheit.  And, these temperatures are controlled easily and convienently by an adjustable thermostat.

Furthermore, this under counter wine cooler uses a compressor cooling system to keep the wine chilled and kept at a consistent temperature.   

The NewAir AWR-290DB Compact Wine Cooler measures 33.75 inches tall, 14.88 inches wide and 22.5 inches deep.  It is capable of holding 29 bottles of wine on 5 sliding, adjustable beech wood shelves.

Additional features of this under counter wine cooler include interior blue lighting, double-paned glass door with UV protection, reversible door to cater to the space you’re working with and a safety lock to keep your wine safe.

Pros:

The New Air AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler has minimal vibration for reduced noise.  This will also help to keep the wine at a more preserved state.

Furthermore, this wine cooler has adjustable shelves which is convienent when storing larger bottles of wine.

Cons:

Some customers have stated this unit is a bit noisy.  Also, some customers have said it is difficult to fit 29 bottles of wine in this unit, with some stating they can fit half that amount.

 

 

EdgeStar CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler

#5.  EdgeStar CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler

Our last pick for best under counter wine cooler is for those with either very minimal space or for those that just like the occasional bottle of wine.

The EdgeStar CWR70SZ Built-In Wine Cooler will hold 7 bottles of wine in a space measuring 34.38 inches tall, 5.88 inches wide and 18.63 inches deep.

This under counter wine cooler has a high-efficiency compressor cooling system with a circulation fan to keep the interior evenly cooled.  The temperature is adjustable via the digital-touch control panel.  This control panel allows for a temperature range of 40 degrees to 65 degrees Fahrenheit.  And, this digital-touch control panel also allows you to turn the blue interior lighting on or off.

Other features of the EdgeStar CWR70SZ Built-In Wine Cooler include a stainless steel frame and door handle, reversible door and UV resistant glass.

Pros:

This unit is great for small spaces.  Also, it is extremely quiet for having a compressor cooling system.

Cons:

The EdgeStar CWR70SZ Built-In Wine Cooler will fit regular sized bottles of wine perfectly but not so much the larger-sized bottles.  In order to combat this issue, you can remove a shelf.  However, that will reduce the number of wine bottles you can fit in this cooler.

best sno cone machine

Best Sno Cone Machine for Fluffy Snow-Like Cones

Do you want the best sno cone machine?  Or, a better question to ask, who doesn’t want the best sno cone machine?  Sno cone machines are great to have on hand.  Not only can they immediately liven a dull gathering, they can literally be the talk of the party.

And, after receiving the assignment to find the best sno cone machine, it immediately livened our work existence.  So, without hesitation, we went right to work.

First, we began our hunt for the best sno cone machine by reviewing all of the sno-fun contenders on the market.  And, we eventually narrowed down our search to the final 6 must-have sno cone makers.

But, we didn’t reach this decision lightly.  We spent hours reviewing every detail of each machine, determining whether each sno cone maker is going to deliver.  And deliver the best sno cones possible.

best sno cone machine

What we looked for first was quality.  When purchasing something such as a sno cone machine, you want to make sure it’s going to last.  And, this means quality materials and solid construction is a must.

After we determined which sno cone makers were of the highest quality, we needed to know what kind of ice each machine made.  And, there’s typically two types of sno cone ice.  There’s the type of ice that has tiny chunks and the type of ice that is often referred to as Hawaiian shaved ice.  Hawaiian shaved ice is the type of ice that is fluffy and snow-like and is most preferred by snow cone connoisseurs.

So, most of our picks are the Hawaiian-style shaved ice.  However, for those that prefer the chunky type of ice, we have included one machine that will give you just that.  You will find this machine, the Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker, at the top our list.

Our final step in determining the best sno cone maker was sifting through user reviews.  We only wanted the sno cone machines on our list with the happiest customers.  And, we made sure that is what we got.

 

Best Sno Cone Machine

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker
Cuisinart
SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker
Plastic
Metal
BPA-Free
Pop-Out Tray
4 Reusable Cones
Ice Scoop
11.5" x 12.5" x 13.9"
7 Lbs
Costzon 440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine
Costzon
440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine
201 Stainless Steel
420 Alloy Steel
Holding Bowl
21" x 11" x 18"
18 Lbs
Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine
Nostalgia
SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine
Plastic
Stainless Steel
Pop-Out Tray
2 Reusable Syrup Bottles
12" x 12" x 13"
5.5 Lbs
Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker
Nostalgia
SCM502 Snow Cone Maker
BPA-Free Plastic
Stainless Steel
Serving Shelf
13.5" x 10" x 17.5"
6.8 Lbs
Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher
Costzon
Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher
201 Stainless Steel
430 Stainless Steel
Acrylic
Drain Hole
16.1" x 12.6" x 24.4"
31.9 Lbs
Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine
Paragon
Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine
Aluminum
Galvanized Steel
Tempered Glass
Safety Switch
Drain Deck
Drain Tube
Ice Scoop
22" x 17" x 16"
50 Lbs

 

Best Sno Cone Machine

Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker

Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker

Our first pick for best sno cone machine is a budget-friendly option for home operation or if you’re hosting a gathering.  And, whether you’re making the kiddos some slushies or conjuring up some adult party drinks, this sno cone machine will be the hit of the party.

The Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker is made of plastic and metal.  And, all the parts that come in contact with the ice are BPA free.    

To use this sno cone maker, simply plug it in, flip the toggle switch on and add ice.  Then, by using slow and even pressure, firmly press the ice down.  Once the ice has been shaved, scoop it up and serve.

The Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker is quick and will make 4-5 cones in just under a minute.  And, it comes with a pop-out tray that holds 4 cones for storing and serving.

Once you’re finished making sno cones for the day, this sno cone machine is easy to clean.  Just make sure the ice is completely melted, the bin is empty and hand towel dry.

This sno cone machine is lightweight, easy to maneuver and easy to store.  Weighing in at roughly 7 pounds, this machine measures 11.5 inches in length, 12.5 inches in width and 13.9 inches in height.  

The Cuisinart Snow Cone Maker comes with 4 BPA-free reusable cones, 12 paper cones and an ice scoop.

And, like we mentioned previously, this is the one machine on our list that grinds up tiny balls of ice as opposed to the fluffy, shaved ice.

Costzon 444lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine

Costzon 440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine

This professional-grade sno cone machine is extremely durable and at the top of its game.  And, if you’re looking to make fluffy, snow-like ice, you got it with this pick.

The Costzon 440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine is made of premium 201 stainless steel, which means it is corrosion-resistant and rust-resistant.  And, 201 stainless steel is known to tough out extreme low temperatures.

Additionally, this sno cone machine comes equipped with 2 commercial-grade 420 alloy steel shaving blades.  420 alloy steel is corrosion-resistant and offers the toughness and the durability shredding ice requires.

The Costzon Electric Ice Shaver Machine can produce an astounding 440 lbs of shaved ice per hour, no matter how large or small the ice cubes.  It runs on 2oo Watts with a rotated speed of 1,400 runs per minute.

And, you know with a weight of roughly 18 pounds, this machine is a machine.  Furthermore, it measures in at 21 inches in length, 11 inches wide and 18 inches tall.

This snow cone machine is easy to use.  Simply flip the water-resistant switch to on, drop the ice in the hopper, push the handle down and the shaved ice will fill the stainless steel holding bowl.

Finally, this sno cone machine is easy to clean.  All you need to do is empty the bowl of excess water or ice remnants and wipe the machine dry.

Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine

Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine

This pick for best sno cone machine comes from a company appropriately called Nostalgia.  With it’s mid-century modern design, it will take you right back to the center of the 21st century.  How’s that for nostalgia?  

The Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine is made of plastic with stainless steel blades.  And, because it is made with stainless steel, it is resistant to rust and corrosion.

These stainless steel blades will whip up the fluffy, snow-like consistency that is preferred by many sno cone connoisseurs.

The Nostalgia Party Station Snow Cone Machine is easy to use.  Simply feed the hopper with ice and the shaved ice will fill the chamber.  And, this chamber is capable of filing 30, 8 0z sno cones.  Once you start dishing up the servings, there is a flip-down cone holder to store the sno cones.

This sno cone machine is easy to clean.  Just remove the chamber and empty it of excess water and ice.  Then, hand towel it dry.  Additionally, there is a drip tray located at the bottom, which stores melted ice.  So, you’ll want to empty this also and towel dry.

The Nostalgia SC7BL measures in at 12 inches long, 12 inches wide and 13 tall.  And, it weighs 5.5 pounds.

Finally, this sno cone machine comes with 2, 4-ounce reusable pump syrup bottle, plastic cups and an ice scoop.  So, you’re almost ready to go with this machine.  You just need to get the syrup. 

Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker

Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker

This pick for best sno cone machine is another nostalgic pick from Nostalgia.  The Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker will take you from your couch to the circus, in a matter of minutes.

This snow cone machine is made of BPA-free plastic with stainless steel cutting blades.  And, because it offers stainless steel blades, that means it is resistant to rust and corrosion.  Additionally, because it is made with BPA-free plastic, you won’t be introducing you and your guests to harmful chemicals – just pure ice.

The Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker is easy to use.  Simply feed the hopper with ice, secure the lid and take it for a spin.  Once the bin is filled with shaved ice, scoop it up and prepare the cones on the convenient serving shelf.

This snow cone machine works fast and the bin will fill 20, 8 ounce snow cones.  So, this machine is not only great for home use, it is great for throwing a party as well.

The Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker is easy to clean, simply ensure the machine is empty of excess water and ice remnants, then towel dry.

Finally, this machine measures in at 13.5 inches long, 10 inches wide and 17.5 inches tall.  It weighs 6.8 pounds.

 

Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher

Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher

This high-quality, professional-grade sno cone machine is super efficient and virtually effortless.  The Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher will make perfectly fluffy shaved ice within seconds.

The body of this sno cone machine is made of 201 stainless steel while the blades are made with 430 stainless steel.  And, because it’s made of stainless steel, that means this machine is resistant to rust and corrosion.  This also means it is ultra durable.

The 10 millimeter thickened container is made of acrylic which is unbreakable.  Additionally, this acrylic will keep the ice cool, especially on those hot days.

The Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher features efficient double dual blades that have a rotating speed of 1,400 runs per minute.  And, this machine occupies approximately 400 pounds of shaving capacity.

To operate this sno cone machine, simple turn the water-resistant switch on and fill the hopper full of ice.  Once the hopper is filled, pull the handle down and watch the clear acrylic fill with some of the fluffiest, cloud-like ice you’ll find from a sno cone machine.

When you’re finished with the sno cone fun, simply empty the machine via the drain hole at the bottom.  Towel dry clean and you’re ready for your next session.

The Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher measures 16.1 inches long, 12.6 inches wide and 24.4 inches tall.  It weighs in at 31.9 pounds.

 

Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine

Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine

Our final pick for best sno cone machine is your best bet if you’re looking for the ultimate commercial-grade machine.  The Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine has a 1/3 horsepower, 1,725 RPM motor that can shave an astounding 500 pounds of ice cubes or chunks per hour.

This sno cone machine will make make fluffy, fine shaved iced.  That means, no ice chunks with this machine.  And, you can scoop this fine snow with the specially designed sno cone scoop which is included.

The Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine is made of heavy duty aluminum and galvanized steel for maximum durability.  It features tempered glass panels with a tempered glass door for easy access to the shaved ice.

In addition, this sno cone machine features a safety switch, a removable slated drain deck and a 36 inch drain tube.  The slated drain deck and the drain tube will make clean up a breeze. Just drain the machine of excess water and ice, then towel dry.

What we liked most about this machine is it is extremely quiet for a sno cone maker.  For comparison, it doesn’t sound much louder than a dryer or a dishwasher.

Finally, the Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine measures 22 inches in length by 17 inches in width and 16 inches in height.  And, it weighs 50 pounds.

best pizza peel

Best Pizza Peel, Paddle and Shovel

Are you looking for the best pizza peel to prep pizzas and scoop them, piping hot, out of the oven?

Otherwise known as a pizza paddle, shovel or spatula, a pizza peel is a long-handled kitchen utensil with a flat shovel at the end used to remove pizza or bread to and from the oven.  Additionally, it is used to prep pizza and serve pizza, making the pizza peel an efficient way to enjoy pizza night.  And, while this sounds fairly simple, the best pizza peel is anything but.

Now, there are two types of pizza peels.  There is a wooden peel and a metal peel.  And while both are great, one material may work better for you than the other.

The wooden peel is naturally non-stick and will prevent raw dough from sticking on the paddle. And, if taken care of correctly, a wooden paddle has the ability to last a lifetime.  In addition, the wooden peel has a rustic aesthetic to it and looks fabulous in the kitchen.  However, the one thing you may want to take into account with a wooden peel is they are porous and have a tendency to stain.

The metal pizza peel is the most popular type of peel.  And, typically these peels are made of aluminum or stainless steel.  The metal peel is low maintenance, long-lasting and easy to clean.  Furthermore, it is resistant to saturation and stains.  However, raw dough has a tendency to stick on metal surfaces and this may not be the best choice if you’re using a peel to prep the pizza.  But, this is nothing that a little or a lot of flour can’t take care of.

best pizza peel  

So, whichever type of pizza peel you decide to go with, we found 6 of the best pizza peels in both metal and wood construction on the market.

And, what we were looking for in the best pizza peel, whether it be wood or metal, is durability.  We wanted a pizza peel that is going to handle the weight of the pizza without flopping around.  

Additionally, longevity is important to us and a flimsy pizza peel isn’t worth it’s weight in gold.  So, a sturdy, durable pizza peel is a must.

We also looked very carefully at user reviews.  This gave us insight into how these pizza peels handled the task at hand.  And, we payed closed attention to the reviews detailing how well these peels prep, slide, scoop, maneuver, and handle.

In the end, after reviewing a multitude of contenders for the best pizza peel, we were left with 6 of the best pizza peels, paddles and shovels on the market.  These picks are at the top of their class and are built to scoop pizza for years to come.

 

Best Pizza Peel

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle
Outset
QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle
Stainless Steel
Rosewood Handle
Foldable
21" x 8"
Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza PeelAcacia Wood
Mineral Oil Finish
22" x 14"
Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel
Pizza Royale
Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel
Bamboo
19.6" x 12"
Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle
Kitchen Supply
Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle
Aluminum
Wood Handle
Size Options
12" x 28"
14" x 28"
16" x 28"
Epicurean Pizza Peel
Epicurean
Pizza Peel
Natural Wood Fiber
Maintenance Free
17" x 10"
21" x 14"
23" x 14"
Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel
Gi.Metal
Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel
Anodized Aluminum
Aluminum Handle
61.5" x 13"

 

Best Pizza Peel

 

Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle

Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle

Our first pick for best pizza peel is not only a great peel, it is also a great storage solution.  The Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel has a handle that rotates inward, allowing the peel to store semi-flat in the cupboard. 

This restaurant-style pizza peel measures 21 inches long and 8 inches wide with the handle outright and 15 inches long and 8 inches wide with the handle rotated inward.

The Outset QZ10 pizza peel is made of stainless steel which is durable and rust resistant.  It comes with a rosewood handle to help protect hands from the heat.  And, because this peel is made of stainless steel, it will require flour to help create a non-stick surface.

Lastly, if you’re looking for the whole pizza experience, this company also offers a pizza cutter and 4 different types of pizza stones.

 

Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel

Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel

This pick for best pizza peel is a gorgeous choice for any kitchen.  It offers the old-school, rustic aesthetic that will transport your kitchen to the Italian countryside.

The Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel is made of natural Acacia wood.  Acacia wood is derived from a tree native to Australia and Hawaii.  Acacia is know for its durability and as being one of the hardest woods in the world.

This pizza peel is finished with mineral oil which will not only help to protect the peel, it will allow the pizza peel to develop a gorgeous, darkening surface over time.

The Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel measures in at 22 inches long and 14 inches wide.  And, it is thick enough not to warp and thin enough to easily slide under the pizza as it has a tapered edge.

To care for this peel, simply, do not wash in the dishwasher.  Instead, hand wash in warm, soapy water and rinse throughly.  Let air dry and you’re ready for you’re next pizza.

Additionally, you will want to treat the peel with a butcher’s block oil after it dries.

 

Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel

Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel

This pizza peel is extremely multifunctional.  Not only can you use it to pull pizza, bread and other baked goods from the oven, it works as a cutting board too.

The Pizza Royale Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel is made from ethically-sourced, premium bamboo.  And, bamboo is less porous than wood and is known for being antimicrobial, so it naturally fights against bacteria.

In addition, bamboo is considered stronger and more durable than wood.  And, because bamboo is one tough cookie, it makes for a great cutting board.  However, it’s going to be harder on your knives and blades so you may want to break out the sharpener.  

The Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel is 19.6 inches long and 12 inches wide.  And, at a mere 0.6 inches thick, it is thin enough to easily scoop the pizza and durable enough not to flop around.

This pizza paddle is also made for comfort with a contoured handle to fit right in the palm of your hand.

When cared for properly, the Pizza Royale Pizza Peel will not split, warp, crack or splinter.  Simply hand wash with warm, soapy water and towel dry, and you’re ready for seconds.

 

Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle

Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle

This restaurant style pizza peel comes in your choice of a 12 inch shovel, a 14 inch shovel or a 16 inch shovel.  Each of these peels carry a length of 28 inches long from tip of the handle to tip of the shovel.

The Kitchen Supply Pizza Peel comes with an aluminum shovel and a wooden handle.  The aluminum shovel offers rounded corners for an easy slide and scoop while the wooden handle offers protection for your hand from high temperatures.

And, because this pizza peel is made of aluminum, that means you will need to find a non-stick source to keep the dough from sticking to the peel.  Some great options for creating a non-stick surface are flour, cornmeal or milled wheat bran.

To care for the Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel, simply wash with warm, soapy water and towel dry by hand.  Because it has a wooden handle, it is not recommended for the dishwasher.

 

Epicurean Pizza Peel

Epicurean Pizza Peel

This pick for best pizza peel is made of natural wood fiber from trees harvested in managed forests.  The Epicurean Pizza Peel is environmentally friendly and sustainable.  In addition, it is National Sanitary Foundation approved, so it meets all the standard for quality and safety.

And, this is a great pick for someone who is looking for not only a pizza peal, but a cutting board as well.  Furthermore, this pizza peel is knife friendly, so there’s no need to worry about creating unnecessary pores which introduces all kinds of germs.  And, this pizza peel will not dull your knives, so you will sharpen less.

And, because it can handle temperatures up to 350 degrees Fahrenheit, it can be used as a trivet.  This means there will be no brown rings after placing hot pans on this peel.

The Epicurean Pizza Peel is dishwasher safe and virtually maintenance-free.  Additionally,  you can hand wash it in warm, soapy water and towel dry or let air dry.  This pizza peel doesn’t need to be oiled or bleached and is resistant to stains.

Finally, the Epicurean Pizza Peel comes in your choice of 5 different colors and color combinations:  Natural, Natural/Brown, Natural/Red, Slate and Slate/Red.  And, it comes in 3 different sizes:  17 inches by 10 inches, 23 inches by 14 inches and 21 inches by 14 inches.

 

Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel

Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel

Our final pick for best pizza peel is a professional-grade, heavy duty pizza peel.  The Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel that is built to last and endure pizza after pizza after pizza.

Weighing in at roughly 1.5 pounds, this pizza peel is lightweight and strong.  But, don’t let the lightweight aspect fool you.  The tubular build of this pizza peel makes it extremely stable.

The Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel measures in at 61 inches long and 13 inches wide, which makes this the longest pizza peel on our list.

This professional-grade pizza peel is made of anodized aluminum with an aluminum handle.  And, because the aluminum of the blade is anodized, that means it is ultra durable and resistant to corrosion.  

Furthermore, this blade is light and flexible which will allow you to get under the pizza more easily and more efficiently.  Additionally, the edge of the blade is beveled which also makes it easy to get under the pizza. 

Finally, the Gi.Metal Pizza Peel has a perforated designed head to allow for low friction and to release excess flour from the pizza.

best cheese grater

Best Cheese Grater – Rotary, Box & Electric

If you’re looking for the best cheese grater, whether it be a rotary, box or electric, we’ve got you covered.  We spent hours upon hours reviewing a ton of cheese graters in each category and came out with some winners.

And, what we looked for in the best cheese grater were some pretty basic requirements that all kitchen utensils should have.  But, unfortunately that’s not the case, so we had to sift through a lot of junk cheese graters until we found our top picks for best rotary cheese grater, best box cheese grater and best electric cheese grater.  However, if you’re just looking for a cheese slicer, we reviewed the best cheese slicers and you can find those here.   

So, what were our requirements when choosing our final few?  First, the best cheese grater needs to be made out of premium materials such as quality stainless steel and BPA-free plastic.  Quality stainless steel is durable and will ensure longevity while remaining rust and corrosion-free.  When it comes to plastic, BPA-free plastic speaks for itself.  Whenever possible, we don’t want to come in contact with any harmful materials, and we’re sure you don’t either.

best cheese grater  

Next, the best cheese grater needs to have durable construction.  We need a cheese grater with all the nuts and bolts to remain intact through soft cheeses on up to hard cheeses.

Finally, we hold comfort in high regards.  There’s nothing like using a comfortable kitchen utensil.  It eases pressure on the hand and wrist and makes life in the kitchen feel like a life of luxury.

Once we narrowed our picks down in terms of materials, construction and comfort, we paid close attention to user reviews – both the good and the bad.  And, this answered some of our most pressing questions.  Is this cheese grater able to handle heavy-duty tasks and large quantities?  Does the cheese grate uniformly or does it break off in chunks?  Will this cheese grater be user-friendly or a pain in my a–?

When we were satisfied our questions had been answered, we narrowed the options down to our final best cheese graters.  And, what we came up with is 2 cheese graters for each category – rotary, box and electric.  These cheese graters not only satisfied our questions, they have many more-than-satisfied customers.  Which, in the end, is a testimony to the quality, longevity and happiness these cheese graters create in the kitchen.

 

Best Cheese Grater

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater
AuPolus
Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater
Stainless Steel
3 Drum Attachments
Left/Right Handed Use
Dishwasher Safe
8.1" x 3.9" x 3.5"
Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder
Benwish
Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder
Stainless Steel
BPA-Free ABS Plastic
Silicone Base Grip
Rivited Grip
3 Drum Attachments
Top-Rack Dishwasher Safe
10.2" x 4.5" x 9.5"
Oliver & Kline Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater
Oliver & Kline
Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater
Stainless Steel
BPA-Free Plastic
Non-Slip Handle
Non-Slip Base
"Catch All" Insert
Storage Container
Dishwasher Safe
5.5" x 5.3" x 10"
Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater
Cuisinart
CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handle
Non-Slip Base
Dishwasher Safe
3.5" x 10" x 4.5"
Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder
Eshion
ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder
Stainless Steel
5 Drum Attachments
Holding Tray
Dishwasher Safe
3.5" x 7.5" x 6"
Grandma Ann's Electric Grater
Grandma Ann's
Electric Grater
Stainless Steel
Large "Catch All" Bowl
Dishwasher Safe
12" x 13" x 7.5"

 

Best Cheese Grater

AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater

AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater

Our first pick for best cheese grater in the rotary category is perfect for grating hard cheeses, chocolates, nuts and more.  And, it looks good enough to venture from the kitchen to the table and grate directly on the plate.

The AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater is made of food grade stainless steel.  It is ergonomically designed for comfort and easy rotating.

This rotary cheese grater comes with three different, interchangeable drum attachments.  One drum for course grating and shredding, another drum for fine grating and a drum for slicing.

For the longer tasks when you’ve got a lot of cheese to grate, this rotary cheese grater gives you the ability to flip from the right hand to the left hand.  Additionally, it accommodates everyone in the household, whether right or left handed.

The AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater is easy to use, simply insert the food into the hopper and rotate the handle to grate or shred.  And, this rotary cheese grater is just as easy to clean.  It’s dishwasher safe and since it’s made of stainless steel, there’s no need to worry about rust or corrosion.

Once the cheese is grated and the AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater is washed, the handle allows this grater to be hung for easy storage.  In addition, if you wish to store it in a drawer, this grater will take up very little cabinet space.

 

Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder

Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder

This pick is one of the most effortless rotary cheese shredders on the market.  The Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder features a suction base grip so you can rest one arm while rotating with the other.

In addition, the round, ergonomically-designed handle with a riveted grip will allow for comfort, as well was, a slip-free prepping session.  

This rotary cheese grater is made with high quality stainless steel and food grade, BPA-free ABS plastic.  It comes with 3 stainless steel, interchangeable drum blades for fine or course grating and slicing.

The Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder features a large hopper to grate or slice sizable portions in one, single session.  The round drum slicer sits at an angle which allows the grated or sliced pieces to empty from the hopper on their own, reducing clogging.

And, one of our favorites things about this rotary cheese grater is it’s sharp and durable.  It can shred or grate almost anything including cheese, fruits, vegetables, nuts, bread, etc.

Finally, the Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder can easily be disassembled and is top-rack dishwasher safe.  Once it’s clean, it’s easy to store and takes up little cabinet space.

 

Oliver & Kline Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater

Oliver & Kline Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater

The first thing that comes to mind with this cheese grater is comfort.  And, this is a solid cheese grater.  But, let’s talk about the comfort first.  The Oliver & Kline Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater has an ergonomically designed, non-slip handle that feels like heaven.  This handle allows you to grate, shred and slice cheese without putting any unnecessary strain on your hand and wrist.

And, as well as having a non-slip handle, this cheese grater has a non-slip bottom.  This will keep things stable during the seriousness of grating cheese and help protect the countertops from damage.

The Oliver & Kline Box Cheese Grater features 4 different ways to cut the cheese.  There’s a multi-directional microplane food shredder, a grater and a zester that will allow for large, medium, coarse or fine grating and slicing.

This 4-sided cheese grater comes with a plastic storage bowl and lid to easily store your food after slicing, shredding or grating.  Additionally, it comes with a plastic insert that acts like a “catch all” to collect the cheese while you’re prepping.  This will help keep things tidy.          

The Oliver & Kline Box Cheese is made of FDA approved materials including high quality stainless steel and BPA-free plastic.  And, these materials are thankfully dishwasher safe.  

Finally, feel free to slice, grate or shred just about anything with this box grater including fruit, veggies, potatoes, breads, pickles and even cold butter.

Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater

Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater

Cuisinart is known for their quality products and this boxed cheese grater is no different.  The Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater is made with quality stainless steel and is extremely durable.  And, because this grater is made with quality stainless steel, that means you can say no to rust and corrosion.

This boxed grater is extra sharp and features four sides to prep food.  There’s a side for fine shredding, a side for coarse shredding, one for fine grating and another for slicing.  And, it’s sharp enough to prepare all kinds of food like potatoes, fruits, vegetables, nuts and so on.

The Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater has a soft grip which is also slip-resistant.  And, this grip is extremely comfortable and will ease the pressure on the wrist and hand.  This boxed grater also comes with a non-skid base to stay put while prepping and to protect the countertops from damage.

Finally, the Cuisinart Boxed Grater is dishwasher safe.

 

Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder

Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder

Our first pick for best cheese grater in the electric grater category is great for those on a budget.  And, it’s a great pick for those who often prep salads, soups, tacos and more.

The Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder eases the stress from hand grating, shredding and slicing.  It is also a quick way to prep foods and will cut your prep time in half.

This electric shredder has 5 interchangeable, stainless steel cones for coarse grating, fine grating, thick slicing, thin slicing and grinding.  And, it comes with a plastic tray which will hold the food while you feed it through the hopper.  Once it feeds through the hopper, you just point and shoot.  This allows for easy cleanup, as it goes directly in the container or bowl you are using.

And, speaking of easy cleanup, the Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder is dishwasher safe.

 

Grandma Ann's Electric Grater

Grandma Ann’s Electric Grater

Our final pick for best cheese grater is a heavy-duty, electric grater.  And, this is the best you’re going to find on the market.

The Grandma Ann’s Electric Grater is perfect for those who prep large quantities of food.  In addition, it is built for prepping foods such as cassava, potatoes, coconuts, cheese, plantains, nuts and much, much more.

And, because it’s a heavy-duty, professional grater, you’re going to cut your prep time by an astounding amount of time.  The Grandma Ann’s Electric Grater will grate 5 pounds of cheese within minutes.  And, not only is it super efficient, it is user-friendly and very easy to use.

If that’s not enough, clean-up time is also a cinch.  All you do is slide the hopper off and clean with warm, soapy water.  Then, run a damp cloth over the machine, slide the hopper back on and you’re all set.  In addition, you can also run the hopper through the dishwasher.

Hashbrowns, anyone?

best garlic press

Best Garlic Press – Quality, Durability and Comfort

Are you looking for the best garlic press?  Well, you’ve come to the right place.  We love using fresh garlic and the feeling we get from mincing it ourselves.

However, we’ve been through our fair share of garlic presses and they all seemed to end the same way, failing right in the midst of pressing garlic.  And, most recently, failing while prepping for a dinner party for some of our closest friends.  There goes the garlic!  

But, this time is going to be different.  Because we’ve had it with dingy, floppy and rusted garlic press relationships.  We decided to splurge and get the real deal this time.

So, we went on the hunt for the best garlic press.  And, needless to say, through experience, we had a few demands on what qualifies for the best garlic press.

The best garlic press must be made of quality material.  Quality material will ensure food safety, durability and a garlic press that is rust and corrosion free.  Furthermore, quality will prevent warping and odd bends from happening at odd ends of the garlic press.

best garlic press

The next demand we have for the best garlic press is comfort.  Comfort will reduce the creases and redness from forming in the palms of our hands.  It will also reduce wrinkles from forming on our forehead by eliminating each excruciating squeeze.

In addition, we put comfortable kitchen utensils in the highest regard.  There’s nothing better than grabbing a utensil that offers the feeling of luxury.  On the reverse end, there’s nothing more annoying than using an uncomfortable kitchen utensil.  So, comfort is a must!

Finally, time is of the essence and as much as we like prepping and cooking, we need a garlic press that’s going to do the job quickly.  Sometimes there’s little time in between removing food from the stove while you’re chopping vegetables and…whoops…forgot to prep the garlic!  And, we need this garlic press to deliver quantity at lightening speed before we cremate the chicken.

So, after reviewing numerous garlic presses and sifting through review after review after review, we found 8 of the most touted garlic presses on the market.  Not only did these picks for best garlic press pass every one of our demands, they are the most positively reviewed garlic presses on the market.  Check them out in all their glory below.

 

Best Garlic Press

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press
The Pampered Chef
New Improved Garlic Press
Aluminum
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Built-In Cleaning Tool
6"
ADYZON Garlic Press
ADYZON
Garlic Press
Stainless Steel
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Peeler
7"
OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press
OXO
Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press
Die-Cast Zinc
Non-Slip Handle
Large Hopper
7"
Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set
Alpha Grillers
Garlic Press and Peeler Set
Stainless Steel
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Peeler
7.5"
ZYLISS Susi 3 Garlic Press "No Need to Peel"
ZYLISS
Susi 3 Garlic Press "No Need to Peel"
Aluminum
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Built-In Cleaning Tool
6.4"
MiTBA kitchenware Garlic Press
MiTBA
kitchenware Garlic Press
304 Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handle
Large Hopper
Peeler
Brush
8.7"

 

Best Garlic Press

The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press

The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press

Our first pick for best garlic press comes from the coveted company The Pampered Chef.  This company is known for quality and long lasting kitchenware.  This company is also great at creating innovative products, but knowing when the traditional way of doing things is going to make for a better cooking experience.

The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press is a 6 inch press made of aluminum with a nonstick, silicone-based coating.  These materials meet or exceed all current regulations of the FDA and are food contact safe.

This garlic press has an ergonomic handle for ultimate comfort and a large hopper to hold large garlic cloves, ginger or horseradish.  When using the garlic press, it presses easily and effortlessly.  And, comfortably.

The Pampered Chef New and Improved Garlic Press comes with a cleaning tool that conveniently stores in the handle.  And, this garlic press is dishwasher safe.  

The biggest takeaway we got from the reviews is this is the best garlic press many readers have ever used.  Some reviewers claimed that they have had this garlic press for over a decade before it started rusting or warping.

Overall, the reviews look very promising.  And, from our experience with Pampered Chef products, we have no doubt that this garlic press makes life in the kitchen all that much better.

ADYZON Garlic Press

ADYZON Garlic Press

This pick for best garlic press also comes with a handy garlic peeler.  The ADYZON Garlic Press and Silicone Peeler will keep your hands free from the everlasting garlic smell.  And, the silicone peeler is to be used if you want your cloves coming out whole instead of minced.  

This garlic press is made of high quality stainless steel with a chrome plated head.  And, the handles are brushed-metal for a solid grip.  Additionally, the handles are ergonomically shaped for comfort.  And, we are loving the roundness of the handles as blunt edges are the biggest culprit of discomfort.

The ADYZON Garlic Press comes with a large reservoir garlic chamber that’s able to fit 1 large garlic clove or 2 small garlic cloves.  Furthermore, the garlic does not need to be peeled prior to being placed in the chamber.

Finally, this garlic press is easy to clean whether manually or just tossing it in the dishwasher.

The final consensus with this pick for best garlic press is it’s quality and it’s durable.  However, some users might not find this garlic press the easiest to press.  So, if you suffer from arthritis or other hand ailments, you may want to go with another pick.

 

OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press

OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press

For those that know us, it’s no surprise this OXO Garlic Press made it on our list.  And, this is because OXO makes some of the most comfortable kitchen utensils on the market.  And, not only some of the most comfortable utensils, but, brilliantly designed and durable utensils.

The OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press is a dream to hold.  The soft, non-slip handles will absorb pressure when squeezing to ease hand tension and strain.  In addition, since these handles are non-slip, they’re prefect for multitasking and jumping from one messy chore to pressing garlic.

This garlic press features a large-capacity garlic chamber so you can press multiple cloves at once.  In addition, the garlic chamber has an efficient hole pattern to maximize the amount of garlic pressed.  These holes create uniform-sized pieces of garlic while leaving the skins behind.

The OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press is built with sturdy, die-cast zinc.  And, zinc is a great material for a kitchen utensil as it is natural and a necessary mineral for human health.

To use this garlic press, simply place the garlic cloves inside the chamber and squeeze.  Once you’re finished, flip the handles over to push out the pulp and skin remnants.  Then, hand wash or toss in the dishwasher.

Overall, if you’re going for comfort, we highly suggest the OXO Good Grips Garlic Press.  But, not only does this garlic press offer comfort, it offers high quality materials and durability.  Squeeze on that for a while.

Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set

Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set

This garlic press is one of the most positively reviewed garlic presses on our list.  The Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set is touted as strong and durable over and over and over again.

This garlic press is made of solid, high quality stainless steel and comes with a peeler tube made of silicone, which is FDA approved.

The Alpha Grillers Garlic Press has an ergonomic design which makes this press easy to use and easy to squeeze.  And, because this garlic press has a large hopper, you can press a couple of small cloves at once, expediting your prepping time.  Furthermore, this press will mince the garlic while the peel stays in the chamber.

To care for the Alpha Grillers Garlic Press, just hand wash or run it through the dishwasher.

Finally, like we mentioned previously, this garlic press has a ton of favorable reviews.  People love this press.  And, the number one compliment paid was the durability.  So, if you’re looking for the best garlic press to last, perhaps, a lifetime, this is a great pick for you.

best wok

Best Wok – Cast Iron and Carbon Steel

Carbon steel and cast iron are the two most widely used materials for woks.  And both have what it takes to make a great stir fry.  However, if you’re looking for the best wok but not sure whether to go with cast iron or carbon steel, hopefully we can clear the differences up for you so you can make the best consumer choice for what you need.  

First of all, carbon steel is the most widely used material when it comes to woks.  And, carbon steel tends to be rather inexpensive compared to cast iron.  In addition, carbon steel woks are relatively lightweight, have quick heat conduction and are quite durable.

However, what the carbon steel woks lack is they are more difficult to season than woks made from cast iron.  And, seasoning is important in order to prevent food from sticking to the cooking surface.  Furthermore, although carbon steel is tough and durable, nothing really compares to the durability of cast iron.  

Cast iron is perhaps the most preferred material because it seasons better than any other material.  These woks are better at heat retention and heat distribution than the carbon steel.  And, like we mentioned before, cast iron is one of the most durable materials for cookware.

best wok

So, now that we have the material differences covered, there is another element to consider.  And, this element exists in both carbon steel and cast iron woks.  Do you go with a round bottom wok or a flat bottom wok?

A round bottom wok is the traditional style of wok that is usually only reserved for gas stoves.  The round bottom wok uses less oil than a traditional style wok and it’s much easier to stir fry.  And, when using a round bottom wok, it is recommended you use a wok ring which you can find here.  A wok ring helps distribute the heat more evenly and throughly.  

A flat bottom wok can be used on all types of stovetops from gas to electric to induction, and most can be used in the oven.  This is the most preferred style of wok in the West because it works with our appliances.  However, it is more difficult with the flat bottom wok to whip the stir fry around like the professionals do.

But, it’s important to note that a lot of people seem to have success using a round bottom wok on an electric stovetop when using a wok ring.  This is something to consider if you want have traditional fun with the stir fry.  

 

So, when choosing between a round and flat bottom wok, it’s part personal preference in regards to what material you go with and a whole lot of what type of stovetop you have been dealt with.

Here at FHL, we went with the traditional-style, flat bottom cast iron wok.  We wanted the best material that will, perhaps, last a lifetime.  And, because we have an induction stove, we went with the flat bottom style of wok.

But, whatever type and style of wok you decide to go with, our picks for best wok, whether carbon steel or cast iron and round or flat bottom, blow the competition away.   

 

Best Wok

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok
M.V. Trading
Carbon Steel Wok
14 Gauge Carbon Steel
Flat Bottom
Wooden Handles
Size Options
12"
14"
16"
Iwachu Cast Iron Wok
Iwachu
Cast Iron Wok
Cast Iron
Round Bottom
Cast Iron Handles
11.2"
Mauviel Made In France M'Steel Black Steel Wok
Mauviel
Made In France M'Steel Black Steel Wok
Black Steel
Flat Bottom
Riveted Handle
11.8"
AUS-ION Wok
AUS-ION
Wok
Carbon Steel
Flat Botton
Ergonomic Handles
Pre-Seasoned
12"
Staub Wok
Staub
Wok
Enameled Cast Iron
Flat Bottom
Tempura Grill
Glass Lid
Cast Iron Handles
14.57"
Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok
Wok Shop
Carbon Steel Wok
Cast Iron
Round Bottom
Wooden Handles
14"
Le Creuset Of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok
Le Creuset Of America
Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok
Flat Bottom
Enameled Cast Iron
Concave Interior
Glass Lid
Cast Iron Handles
12"
Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok
Lodge
P14W3 Cast Iron Wok
Cast Iron
Flat Bottom
Cast Iron Handles
14"

 

Best Wok

M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok

M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok

Our first pick for best wok in the carbon steel category is a flat bottom style wok and comes in your choice of a 12 inch or 16 inch.  The M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok can feed up to 5 people with the 12 inch size or over 12 people with the 16 inch size.  If you’re looking for a carbon steel wok in an in-between size to feed roughly 6-12 people, you can find the M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok in a 14 inch here.

This wok is made with heavy 14-gauge, 2mm carbon steel, which means this wok is solid and durable.  In addition, because it is made of carbon steal, the cooking time will be rapid with even heating and cooling.  However, please note that carbon steel has less heat retention than cast iron, so the heat will escape rather quickly after cooking.

The M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok features a flat bottom which works well for both electric or gas stoves and grills.  It comes with wooden side spool handles for easy handling while stir-frying and to help keep hands safe from extreme temperatures.

With this wok, initially you will need to season the wok and you can find out how to do that here.  The M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok is to be hand washed only and towel dry immediately after use.

Iwachu Cast Iron Wok

Iwachu Cast Iron Wok

This pick for best wok in the cast iron category may be, perhaps, the most traditionally-crafted woks you will find.  Iwachu is a Japanese company that has been around for over 100 years and has a strong reputation as being one of the leading manufacturers for authentic Japanese cookware.

The Iwachu Cast Iron Wok is a round bottom style wok, which means this works best on a gas stove.  If you wish to use it on an electric or induction stove, it’s best advised to use a wok ring which you can find here.  However, like we mentioned earlier, this method is not ideal and the results won’t give you the best stir fry or sauté. 

Additionally, if you are using a flat gas stove, you will want to invest in a wok ring to ensure more even cooking.

This cast iron wok is approximately 11 inches which will feed up to five people comfortably.  And, because it’s made of cast iron, it will retain heat well.  So, when you’re ready to dish up, take your time.  The stir fry will keep nice and warm till everyone gets a scoop.

The Iwachu Cast Iron Wok has cast iron handles which makes it easy to maneuver while cooking.  However, be sure to wear some protective gloves or mitts because stir frying can get hot.

Finally, to care for the Iwachu Cast Iron Wok and make it last a lifetime, be sure to hand wash only.  You will also want to season this wok periodically.

Mauviel Made In France M'Steel Black Steel Wok

Mauviel Made In France M’Steel Black Steel Wok

This black steel wok, otherwise known as carbon steel, is a high quality, flat bottom wok made in France.  The Mauviel M’Steel Black Steel Wok is made of extra thick black steel to withstand extreme high temperatures which allows for longer preheating.  So, in addition to stir fry, this wok is excellent for searing and sautéing.

The Mauviel Made In France M’Steel Black Steel Wok is 11.8 inches, making it the perfect size to feed up to 5 people comfortable.  

This flat bottom wok is ideal for all cooking surfaces.  This includes gas, electric, induction, oven, halogen stovetops and even the barbecue.  And, it has a long, riveted handle, which makes for a secure grip and keeps your hand far from the heat source.  In addition, this wok has a smaller side handle to help with maneuvering and increasing your stir fry skills.

The Mauviel Made In France M’Steel Black Steel Wok is 11.8 inches, making it the perfect size to feed up to 5 people comfortably.

Lastly, this wok is naturally non-stick as long as you follow the manufacturers recommendations for seasoning.  And, it is to be hand washed only.

AUS-ION Wok

AUS-ION Wok

This is another quality pick for best wok in the carbon steel category.  Made of 2mm Australian Iron, this flat bottom wok will ensure even heating, with just about any heat source, without warping.

The AUS-ION Wok is a seamless, one-piece, carbon steel, rivet free wok.  And because it is one-piece, there will be no gaps to clean and the handles will stay secure throughout the duration of your cooking experiences.

And, the handles are extremely comfortable.  They are ergonomically shaped with a wide design to fit every size of hand which will ensure better manageability.  This will also help to decrease the pressure to your hands and wrist.  In addition, the handles include venting which helps to keep the handle at cooler temperatures for easy maneuvering.      

This carbon steel wok is 12 inches, which makes it the perfect size for a family of 2 or even a family of 5.  It has a total length of 17.75 inches and is 3 inches deep.

The AUS-ION Wok is naturally pre-seasoned to be non-stick, so it’s immediately ready to go upon delivery.  To clean this wok, use a wooden utensil or steel wool to lightly remove debris under hot water.  It is advised not to use soap and to dry thoroughly after use.  After the first few uses, additional seasoning is recommended.

Staub Wok

Staub Wok

This flat bottom cast iron wok is multifunctional.  Not only can you use it on all stovetops, you can also use it in the oven.  And, it can handle temperatures as high as 500 degrees Fahrenheit.

The Staub Wok is an enameled cast iron wok with rough texture for searing and browning.  It comes with a tempura grill and glass lid which makes this wok useful for just about everything, not just stir frying.  You can bake, baste, cook, grill, sauté, steam…you name it.

This enameled cast iron wok comes with cast iron handles and a nickel steel knob.  And, it has self-basting spikes on the lid to keep the food moist and return much desired juices back onto the food for the ultimate flavor.

The Staub Wok is roughly 15 inches and will feed up to 12 people.  Additionally, because this wok features high sides, you may be able to squeeze a couple more guests into the mix.

Finally, this wok is dishwasher safe and requires no seasoning.  And, because it’s cast iron, it is made to last a lifetime.

Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok

Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok

The reason why we like this pick for best wok is because it’s good quality at a more than reasonable price.

The Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok is a round bottom wok which works best for a gas stove with a wok ring.  Round bottom woks are the more traditional style of wok and tend to be the preferred way to stir fry by the experts.  However, it’s best to use a wok ring when using a round bottom wok and you can find that here.

The Wok Shop Wok is a heavy, 14 gauge carbon steel wok with natural wooden handles to allow for more maneuverability while protecting your hands.

This wok is 14 inches which is ideal for 6-12 people.  Additionally, it can work for a smaller size crowd.

To care for this wok, you must season it first and you can find out how to do that here.  For longevity, hand wash with warm, soapy water and towel dry.

Le Creuset Of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok

Le Creuset Of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok

This flat bottom wok is one of the more high end woks on our list.  And, the great thing about this wok is Le Creuset of America has matching cookware from saucepans to dutch ovens to griddles.  So, if you’re looking to start a collection, this is a great pick for you.

The Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok will work with all stovetop heat sources from gas stoves, ceramic stoves, electric stoves and induction stoves.  In addition, this wok will even work in the oven.

The Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok has a seamless, concave cooking interior to mimic the cooking style of a round bottom wok.  And, the round bottom wok is the style used by professionals.  So, if you’re stuck with an electric stove but want more of an authentic cooking experience, this is the best wok for you.  

This wok has wide loop handles that will allow you to shake, stir and serve.  These handles are comfortable and will fit any hand size.  In addition, it comes with a tight fitting lid to trap in moisture and heat.

Lastly, this is a 12 inch wok which will cook portions for 1 to 5 people.  It is hand wash only.

Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok

Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok

Our final pick for best wok in the cast iron category is both quality and budget-friendly.  The Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok is a 14 inch wok designed to feed 6-12 people.

This wok has a sturdy, flat bottom base that will work on any stovetop and in the oven.  It also features two loop handles for a safe and secure grip to increase mobility.

The Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok is already pre-seasoned with oil so this is ready to use once it arrives.  This wok is to be hand washed only and towel dried immediately.  And, after every wash, it is recommended to season it with a light coat of vegetable oil.

Finally, this pick for best wok comes from a company that has been around since 1896.  It is also proudly made in the USA.

best water purifier for home use

Best Water Purifier for Home Use

If you’re looking for the best water purifier for home use, it’s best to have an idea of what type of water purifier you’re looking for.  Once you figure that out, the rest is easy.

The most common type of water purifier is the pitcher.  And, it’s presumed that the water pitcher is the most budget-friendly option.  However, that’s not always necessarily the case.  The faucet water filter is another budget option, but, we’ll get to that in a bit.

The water pitcher is going to reduce the chlorine taste and odor.  In addition, it will reduce contaminants such as zinc, copper, mercury and cadmium.  The pitcher is also going to be convenient, while keeping the water refrigerator-cold when you need it.

Now, the faucet water filter is the other budget option we just mentioned.  The faucet water filter is for those who don’t want bulky containers taking up valuable counter or refrigerator space.

And, besides clearing up valuable space, this is the best water purifier for home use for those that want to decontaminate their water source for all purposes.  This includes decontamination for rinsing the dishes and washing hands.

best water purifier for home use

The next type of water purifier up for consideration is the countertop water purifier.  And, we have two different options for the countertop on our best water purifier for home use list.

The countertop water purifier filters the water much more thoroughly than the water pitcher and the faucet water filter.  And, it will clear the water of microorganisms and bacteria that the other two budget options won’t.  Additionally, one of our picks for countertop purifier creates alkaline ionized water.  We go into more detail about this below.

The final type of water filtration system is what we call the tank system.  And, we have two different types for entirely two different scenarios.  One of the tank systems will fit under the kitchen sink and will most likely offer the purest form of water than any other purifier by eliminating up to 99% of all contaminants.

The second pick for best water purifier for home use in the tank system category is meant to purify treated or untreated water in less than desirable conditions.  Many people who use this water purifier live in areas where the water is rough or they need to extract from a lake or pond.  Additionally, this is an ideal water purifier to take camping or to treat water in foreign countries.

By now you should have an idea of what type of water purifier you’re looking for.  And, we have six of the best reviewed at-home purifiers for each category.  After extensive research, these purifiers completely out-shine the rest on the market.  So, whichever one you may go with, the chances are high that you will be completely satisfied.

 

Best Water Purifier for Home Use

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Brita 10 Cup Everyday Water Pitcher
Brita
10 Cup Everyday Water Pitcher
Oval Design
BPA Free
Filter Change Indicator
4.45" x 9.8" x 9.37"
Kabter Healthy Faucet Water Filter System
Kabter
Healthy Faucet Water Filter System
BPA Free
Phthalate Free
On/Off Switch
5.1" x 2.8" x 4.3"
Brondell H2O+ Cypress Countertop Water Filter System
Brondell
H2O+ Cypress Countertop Water Filter System
3 Step Filtration System
Push Button
Filter Change Indicator
WQA Compliant
13.5" x 3.8" x 10.5"
Webetop Water Ionizer and Water Purifier Machine
Webetop
Water Ionizer and Water Purifier Machine
Titanium
LCD Screen
CDC Touch Panel
7 Water Settings
Self-Cleaning
Overheat Protection
11.2" x 6.7" x 4.3"
APEC Top Tier 5-Stage Ultra Safe Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water Filter System
APEC
Top Tier 5-Stage Ultra Safe Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water Filter System
Chrome Faucet
Leak-Proof Seal
2 Carbon Blocks
16" x 5.2" x 17.5"
Berkey RB4X2-BB Royal Stainless Steel Water Filtration System
Berkey
RB4X2-BB Royal Stainless Steel Water Filtration System
304 Stainless Steel
3 Gallon Capacity
2 Purification Elements
9.5" x 9.5" x 23"

 

Best Water Purifier for Home Use

Brita 10 Cup Everyday Water Pitcher

Brita 10 Cup Everyday Water Pitcher

This pick for best water purifier for home use is pretty much a standard in every household.  It’s a convenient, budget-friendly way to obtain purer water and better tasting water.

The Brita 10 Cup Everyday Water Pitcher is Brita’s largest basic pitcher at approximately 80 fluid ounces.  This water purifier pitcher comes in an oval design to fit easily in the refrigerator door.

This water pitcher is made of BPA-free plastic and will help to reduce contaminants such as zinc, copper, mercury and cadmium.  In addition, it will reduce chlorine taste and odor for fresh tasting water.

The maintenance on this 10 Cup Water Pitcher is fairly easy.  To wash, simply hand wash with mild detergent.  And, although some people have great success running this pitcher through the dishwasher, it is not recommended by Brita.

Approximately every couple of months or every 40 gallons, the filter will need to be changed.  You can find replacement filters here.

For your convenience, this water purifier comes with a filter change indicator to remind you to change out the filter.  And, to get you started, this water pitcher comes with a filter all ready to go.

Lastly, if you’re looking for something smaller, Brita has a 5 cup water pitcher which you can find here.

Kabter Healthy Faucet Water Filter System

Kabter Healthy Faucet Water Filter System

The faucet water filter is a great option for those wanting filtered water beyond drinking water.  The Kabter Healthy Faucet Water Filter System is a convenient and hassle-free budget option.

This pick for best at home water filter uses activated carbon and KDF55 to reduce contaminants such as sediment, chlorine, cysts, benzene, asbestos, mercury and lead.  In addition, KDF55 can kill bacteria and stunt the growth of lime, mold and fungi.

And, not only will the Kabter Healthy Faucet Water Filter System reduce contaminants, it will also help improve the water by reducing the chlorine smell and taste.

This water filter is made of food grade ABS plastic which is BPA and Phthalate free.  It is easy to install and easy to use.  And, you can turn the system on and off with the flip of the switch if you’re looking to prolong the use of the filter.  Each filter will last approximately 200 gallons or every 3-5 months depending on the quality of your water source and usage.

Finally, the Kabter Healthy Faucet Water Filter System will fit most faucets, but, it’s best to consult the company first.

Brondell H2O+ Cypress Countertop Water Filter System

Brondell H2O+ Cypress Countertop Water Filter System

Our first pick for best water purifier for home use in the countertop category is a high quality filtration system that is usually found in more elaborate tank systems.

The Brondell H2O+ Cypress Countertop Water Filter System offers 3 stage Nanotrap technology which runs through 3 separate advanced water filters.  This 3 stage system dramatically reduces chemicals such as atrazine, chlorobenzene, trihalomethanes, methoxychlor, endrin, benzine, DBCP and aesthetic chlorine from your water source.

The 1st stage of this system is a 2 step filter which reduces sand, rust and fine particles from the water supply.  The 2nd stage reduces turbidity, waterborne microorganisms and numerous other particulates.  Finally, the 3rd stage further reduces particulates such as chlorine, volatile organic compounds and the like.  Additionally, the 3rd stage also rids the water source of bad tastes and odors.  

And, so you know you’re getting the real deal, this water filter system has been tested and certified by the Water Quality Association to comply with NSF/ANSI Standards 42 for the reduction of claims specified.

Lastly, the Brondell H2O+ Cypress Countertop Water Filter System is easy to install and will fit 99% of faucets with the provided faucet diverter.  In addition, the filter replacement is just as easy to install and the recommended filter replacement for the 1st and 3rd stage filtration is every 6 months.  For the 2nd stage filtration, the recommended replacement is every 12 months.

Webetop Water Ionizer and Water Purifier Machine

Webetop Water Ionizer and Water Purifier Machine

Our second pick for best water purifier for home use in the countertop category is an alkalized ionized water filtration system.  Now, alkalized water has some controversy surrounding it, so make sure you’re well-informed before you make this particular purchase.

The Webetop Water Ionizer and Water Purifier Machine is made of 5 platinum-coated titanium energy-efficient plates and features a back-lit LCD touch panel.  This panel will display the pH and ORP, the flow rate, the temperature and the filter’s usage life.

This water purifier is controlled by the 7 different water settings to adjust the alkalinity and to add antioxidants.  Choose from these 7 water settings:  pH 9.0-10.5 for food disinfection and cleaning dishes, pH 8.5-10 for daily drinking, pH 8.0-9.0 for cooking and drinking, pH 7.5-8.5 for initial drinking, pH 7 for no color, taste or impurity, pH 5.0-6.5 for facial and skin cleansing and pH 3.5-5.5 for sterilization and disinfection.

And, these settings can be controlled via the CDC touch control panel.  In addition, you can also control the maintenance via the touch control panel.

And, speaking of maintenance, you’re in luck.  Because the Webetop Water Ionizer and Water Purifier Machine has a self-cleaning function to prevent scaling.  It also has a built-in overheat protection system to prevent high temperature water from entering the machine.

The filter on this alkaline water purifier will purify and ionize over 6,000 liters of water.  And, the carbon water filter can last up to a year before needing to be replaced.

Lastly, this water purifier has a 360 degree rotating spout swivel for easy maneuvering.  It also has the ability to be hung on the wall, saving you valuable counter space.

best kitchen utensil set

Best Kitchen Utensil Set for Every Budget

If you’re looking for the best kitchen utensil set, we found 8 of the top kitchen utensils for every budget.  We found professional-grade utensils, budget-friendly utensils and we found the best mid-range kitchen utensils.       

And, to determine the best kitchen utensil set in each budget category, first, we looked at quality.  The best kitchen utensils should be made out of materials such as stainless steel to prevent rust and corrosion or non-toxic polymer or nylon to prevent chemical transfer.  Additionally, materials are important for durability and ultimately, longevity.

best kitchen utensil set

Next, we looked for comfort.  The best kitchen utensil set has got to feel good.  There’s nothing better than having an ergonomically designed handle or a rubber handle that offers the ultimate pleasure while cooking.

Then, we chose the best kitchen utensil set in each budget category based on design.  We wanted to have the all-around best utensils based on quality, feel and appeal.  Who says we can’t have it all?

Finally, we focused in on the reviews of both satisfied and unsatisfied customers.  And, this was the most difficult part of the process because there were some pretty fantastic utensil sets out there.  However, as much as we wanted to hold onto some of the ones that didn’t make the cut, there’s no denying these final 8 are the most favorably reviewed and beloved utensils on the market today.     

 

Best Kitchen Utensil Set

 FeaturesPrice RangePrice
All-Clad TSET1 Stainless Steel Kitchen Tool Set
All-Clad
TSET1 Stainless Steel Kitchen Tool Set
18/10 Stainless Steel
Grooved Handles
Caddy
$$$$$
Joseph Joseph 95024 Elevate 100 Carousel Stainless Steel Kitchen Utensil Tool Set
Joseph Joseph
95024 Elevate 100 Carousel Stainless Steel Kitchen Utensil Tool Set
Stainless Steel
Rotating Stand
No-Slip Silicone Grip
Style Options
$$$$$
OXO Good Grips 15-Piece Everyday Kitchen Tool Set
OXO
Good Grips 15-Piece Everyday Kitchen Tool Set
Stainless Steel
Nylon
Silicone
Caddy
Removable Drip Tray
Size Options
$$$$
Kitchen Maestro Stainless Steel with Rubber Coated Grip Utensil Set
Kitchen Maestro
Stainless Steel with Rubber Coated Grip Utensil Set
Stainless Steel
Rubber
No-Slip Grip
$$$
OXO Good Grips 5-Piece Nylon Tool Set
OXO
Good Grips 5-Piece Nylon Tool Set
Nylon
Santoprene
No-Slip Grip
$$$$
Calphalon 6-pc Stainless Steel Utensil Set
Calphalon
6-pc. Stainless Steel Utensil Set
Stainless Steel
No-Slip Grip
$$$
BGT 10 pcs Silicone Kitchen Utensils Set
BGT
10 pcs Silicone Kitchen Utensils Set
Silicone
Beech Wood
$$
Anolon 6 Piece SureGrip Nylon Nonstick Utensil Set
Anolon
6 Piece SureGrip Nylon Nonstick Utensil Set
Nylon
Stainless Steel
Silicone
No-Slip Grip
$$

 

Best Kitchen Utensil Set

 

All-Clad TSET1 Stainless Steel Kitchen Tool Set

All-Clad TSET1 Stainless Steel Kitchen Tool Set

Our first pick for best kitchen utensil set is of professional-grade quality and one of the top utensil sets on the market.  The All-Clad TSET1 Stainless Steel Kitchen Tool Set comes with 5 utensils and a cylindrical caddy.  The utensils include a solid spoon, slotted spoon, fork, turner and a 4 ounce ladle.

These utensils are made of 18/10 stainless steel with a polished mirror finish.  And, 18/10 stainless steel is one of the most durable steels on the market.  18/10 stainless steel will also ensure your kitchen utensils don’t rust or corrode.

The All-Clad TSET1 Stainless Steel Kitchen Tools have handles which are grooved on top and rounded on the bottom.  This is to ensure comfort, as well as, a sturdy grip.  In addition, each handle comes with a hole on the end for hanging by hook or peg.

The measurements of these kitchen tools are as follows:  11.5 inch ladle, 13 inch solid spoon, 13 inch slotted spoon, 13 inch turner, 13 inch fork and a 7 inch by 5.24 inch caddy.  And, these utensils and the caddy are dishwasher safe.

 

Joseph Joseph 95024 Elevate 100 Carousel Stainless Steel Kitchen Utensil Tool Set

Joseph Joseph 95024 Elevate 100 Carousel Stainless Steel Kitchen Utensil Tool Set

This is another set of high-end kitchen utensils, although, what really sets this one apart is their elevated function.  The Joseph Joseph 95024 100 Carousel Stainless Steel Kitchen Utensil Tool Set have weighted handles and integrated tool rests so the utensils don’t touch the countertops.  This is to ensure your counters stay clean and your utensils stay germ-free to prevent contamination during continued use.

This kitchen utensil set comes with a slotted spoon, slotted turner, ladle, solid spoon, spaghetti server and skimmer.  In addition, it comes with a rotating storage stand that features a non-slip base to protect the countertops from scratching or warping.

The Joseph Joseph 95024 Stainless Steel Kitchen Utensil Tool Set measures 9.8 inches by 13 inches by 9.8 inches and weighs roughly 3 pounds.  They are made of heat-resistant stainless steel with silicone handles that can handle heat of up to 520 degrees Fahrenheit.  The silicone handles also offer comfort and an anti-slip grip.  

Lastly, these kitchen utensils are dishwasher safe.  And, they come in your choice of style and/or functionality options:  Stainless Steel, Blue, Grey with Tongs or Multicolored.

 

OXO Good Grips 15-Piece Everyday Kitchen Tool Set

OXO Good Grips 15-Piece Everyday Kitchen Tool Set

If you don’t quite need 15 kitchen utensils, with this OXO line, you have your option of the 6-Piece set or the 10-Piece set.  And, although these sets vary in different ways, they are all highly functional and quality constructed.  And, that pretty much sums up the OXO brand.

The OXO Good Grips 15-Piece Everyday Kitchen Tool Set comes with a flexible turner, 12-inch tongs, square turner, spoon, slotted spoon, grater, swivel peeler, ice cream scoop, potato masher, can opener, balloon whisk, spatula, meat tenderizer, pizza wheel and caddy.

This kitchen utensil set features a mix between stainless steel, nylon and silicone.  And, they are safe for non-stick surfaces and can resist heat up to 400 degrees Fahrenheit.

In addition, this set is dishwasher safe and the caddy features a removable drip tray for easy cleaning.

 

Kitchen Maestro Stainless Steel with Rubber Coated Grip Utensil Set

Kitchen Maestro Stainless Steel with Rubber Coated Grip Utensil Set

This is probably the best kitchen utensil set, on our list, selection wise.  The Kitchen Maestro Stainless Steel Utensil Set comes with a potato masher, a steel turner, a slotted turner, a serving spoon, a slotted spoon, a spaghetti server, a spoon skimmer, a serving fork, a soup ladle and a sauce ladle.

This kitchen utensil set is made of high quality stainless steel with heat-resistant rubber handles.  In addition to the rubber handles being heat-resistant, they also offer a comfortable grip, as well as, a non-slip grip.  Above the handles you will find a hole to display the utensils on the wall, by peg or hook, for easy access.

Finally, the Kitchen Maestro Stainless Steel with Rubber Coated Grip Utensil Set is, thankfully, dishwasher safe.  And, because they are made of high quality stainless steel, they are resistant to rust and corrosion.

OXO Good Grips 5-Piece Nylon Tool Set

OXO Good Grips 5-Piece Nylon Tool Set

If you’re looking for a nylon kitchen utensil set for non-stick cookware, this pick is a great option for you.  The OXO Good Grips 5-Piece Nylon Tool Set comes with six kitchen tools:  square turner, lasagne turner, spoon, slotted spoon and spaghetti server.

Like we mentioned previously, these kitchen tools are made of nylon which makes them rugged and heat-resistant up to 400 degrees Fahrenheight.  The handles have a rubber-like Santoprene grip which is best described as plastic-like, but thankfully, a sustainable material.  This material prevents slippage and offers a comfortable grip.

The Oxo Good Grips 5-Piece Nylon Tool Set features long handles, which is great for those with oversized hands or for any size of hands, really.  In addition, the handles feature fins that flex and conform to finger grips.

The measurements of these kitchen tools are as follows:  a 14 inch slotted turner with a 4 inch square head, a 12 inch slotted lasagna turner with a 4.5 inch by 3.5 inch head, a 14 inch solid serving spoon, a 14 inch slotted serving spoon and a 14 inch spaghetti server.

Finally, each tool has a large hanging hole to hang by peg or hook.  And, this set is dishwasher safe.

 

Calphalon 6-pc Stainless Steel Utensil Set

Calphalon 6-pc Stainless Steel Utensil Set

This is a great mid-range pick for a stainless steel kitchen utensil set which actually looks more high-end.  The Calphalon 6-pc Stainless Steel Utensil Set comes with a flat-edged spoon, slotted spoon, serrated-edged turner, slotted turner, pasta fork with center hole and a crock.

This kitchen utensil set is made of stainless steel with heat-resistant, soft-touch silicone handles.   These silicone handles are heat-resistant up to 500 degrees Fahrenheit and offer a comfortable, non-slip grip.  Furthermore, these kitchen utensils come with a hole on the handle to hang by peg or hook.

Lastly, the Calphalon 6-pc Stainless Steel Utensil Set is BPA free and dishwasher safe.   

 

BGT 10 pcs Silicone Kitchen Utensils Set

BGT 10 pcs Silicone Kitchen Utensils Set

The BGT 10 pcs Silicone Kitchen Utensils Set is the first of two budget picks on our list.  This kitchen utensil set comes with a spoon, slotted spoon, soup ladle, spaghetti server, turner, spatula, oil brush, slotted turner and tongs.

The BGT Kitchen Utensil Set is made of food grade silicone with natural beech wood handles.  This kitchen set is non-stick and heat-resistant up to 446 degrees Fahrenheit.

In addition, the silicone heads of this set won’t melt, warp or discolor.  They are also safe for use on all cookware, as well as, safe for the dishwasher.

The BGT 10 pcs Silicone Kitchen Utensils Set have a hole at the end of the handles to display on the wall by peg or by hook for easy access.

The measurements of these utensils are as follows:  12.2 inch spoon, 12.2 inch slotted spoon, 12.2 inch soup ladle, 12.2 inch spaghetti server, 12.6 inch turner, 12.4 inch spatula, 12.6 inch spatula, 10.6 inch oil brush, 12.6 inch slotted turner and 12 inch tongs.

 

Anolon 6 Piece SureGrip Nylon Nonstick Utensil Set

Anolon 6 Piece SureGrip Nylon Nonstick Utensil Set

Our final pick for best kitchen utensil set is another budget pick and great choice for those who use non-stick cookware.  The Anolon 6 Piece SureGrip Nylon Nonstick Utensil Set comes with 2 mini-turners, a pancake turner, slotted and solid spoons, and a square-lipped ladle.

This kitchen utensil set is made of durable, heat resistant, nonstick nylon which is BPA free and heat safe up to 450 degrees Fahrenheit.  The handles are constructed with stainless steel with a silicone-grip handle.  These handles will not only protect your hands from the heat, but they will offer a comfortable, non-slip grip.

The Anolon 6 Piece SureGrip Nylon Nonstick Utensil Set is designed in such as way that they get under and around food with ease.

Lastly, this kitchen utensil set is perfect for nonstick cookware and bakeware.  They are also dishwasher safe.

best paella pan

Best Paella Pan for Authentic Spanish Rice

If you’re looking for the best paella pan to create a traditional Spanish rice dish, or perhaps, your own version of this recipe, there are a few things to consider before making your purchase.

First, you will want to consider the size of the pan.  Will you be making a dish for 4 or perhaps 40?  Rule #1:  Whichever size you decide to go with, make sure there will enough paella left over for you.  Additionally, you don’t want the pan to be too big.  And, that brings us to Rule #2:  When in doubt, size up.  Just don’t size up too much.

Next, when buying the best paella pan, materials are very important.  You will want to go with materials that aren’t going to warp, crack or chip.  You will also want to go with materials that conduct heat well for even heat distribution and exceptional heat retention.

best paella pan

However, the traditional material used with a paella pan is carbon steel.  And, it is said that carbon steel enhances the paella’s flavor.  So, if you’re looking for authenticity, we have a couple of pans on our list that are made of carbon steel.  Best to keep in mind though, pans made of carbon steel may have a little more upkeep than a pan made of stainless steel.  

Furthermore, traditional paella pans have dimples on the bottom.  These dimples trap a small amount of liquid to promote even cooking.  Additionally, these dimples work to keep the pan rigid.  So, again, if you’re looking for authenticity, choose a paella pan made of carbon steel and with dimples at the bottom.

By now, you should have an idea of what you’re looking for in the best paella pan.  And, we have found 7 of the top paella pans on the market.  These pans all vary in materials and most of our picks have options with sizing, so you don’t need to worry if there’s enough paella left over for you.   

 

Best Paella Pan

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Sertodo Copper Alicante Paella PanCopper
Tin Interior
Stainless Steel Handles
Hammered
Size Options
12" Diameter
15" Diameter
18" Diameter
Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Paella Pan
Le Creuset of America
Enameled Cast Iron Paella Pan
Cast Iron
Coated Enamel
Size Options
13.5" x 11"
13.5" x 17.5"
La Paella Garcia 22-Inch Stainless Steel Paella Pan
La Paella
Garcima 22-Inch Stainless Steel Paella Pan
18/10 Stainless Steel
Dimpled
Size Options
10" Diameter
16" Diameter
22" Diameter
24" Diameter
La Paella Garcima 32-Inch Carbon Steel Paella Pan
La Paella
Garcima 32-Inch Carbon Steel Paella Pan
Carbon Steel
Dimpled
32" Diameter
Matfer Bourgeat 062053 Black Steel Paella Pan
Matfer Bourgeat
062053 Black Steel Paella Pan
Black Steel
Size Options
14.125" Diameter
15.75" Diameter
17.75" Diameter
The Cook's Connection Paella Pan
The Cook's Connection
Paella Pan
Carbon Steel
Dimpled
15" Diameter
Wilton Armetale Gourmet Grillware Large Paella Cooking and Serving Pan
Wilton Armetale
Gourmet Grillware Large Paella Cooking and Serving Pan
Armetale Metal16.5" x 13"

 

Best Paella Pan

Sertodo Copper Alicante Paella Pan

Sertodo Copper Alicante Paella Pan

This is perhaps the most gorgeous pan on our best paella pan list.  The Sertodo Copper Alicante Paella Pan comes from an international cooperative of master copper artisans based out of Austin, Texas.  These pans are made of 100% recycled, pure copper and will make for a fabulous presentation.

The Sertodo Paella Pan is made of heavy, 14 gauge, hammered copper with a hot-tinned interior.  The copper will provide exceptional heat transfer while the tin interior is naturally non-stick.  However, with tin, it’s best to keep in mind that it is a bit higher maintenance than other materials.

In addition, the handles of this paella pan are made of low-conductivity stainless steel.  This will keep things cooler for easy handling.

The Sertodo Copper Alicante Paella Pan comes in 3 different sizes.  The smallest size is 12 inches in diameter and is suitable for a party of 2 to 4 people.  The medium size is 15 inches in diameter and is suitable for a party of 6 to 8 people.  And, the largest size is 18 inches in diameter and is suitable for a party of 10 to 12 people.

Finally, this pan is not just used for paella.  It can be used for sauces, crepes, eggs, vegetables, etc.  And, it is oven safe so your options with this pan just got a whole lot bigger.

Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Paella Pan

Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Paella Pan

Our next pick for best paella pan is for the colorful.  The Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Paella Pan comes in your choice of 8 different colors.  Choose from Caribbean, Cherry, Flame, Marine, Marseille, Oyster, Palm or Soleil.

This paella pan is made of cast iron with an exterior enamel.  Cast iron is extremely durable, it can handle a lot of heat and it has superior heat distribution, as well as, heat retention.  The exterior coated enamel is long-lasting and resistant to chipping and cracking.

The Le Creuset of America features a large surface area to keep the rice layer shallow which will allow the excess moisture to evaporate.  This is so socarrat can form.

This paella pan comes in 2 sizes.  The smallest size measures in at 13 by 11 inches and can feed a party of 2-5 people and the largest size pan measures 13.5 by 17.5 and can feed a party of 6 to 10 people.

Lastly, the Le Creuset of America works well whether cooking on an indoor stove or an outdoor grill.

La Paella Garcia 22-Inch Stainless Steel Paella Pan

La Paella Garcia Stainless Steel Paella Pan

The La Paella Garcia Stainless Steel Paella Pan is pretty close to being as authentic as you can get.  This pan is made in Spain and it has a dimpled bottom.  However, it made of stainless steel as opposed to Carbon steel.

The advantage of going with a stainless steel paella pan is it won’t rust, whereas, a carbon steel paella pan will and it needs constant upkeep.  So, if you want to forgo total-authenticity for maintenance-free, this is a great choice for you. 

And, this paella pan is made with 18/10 stainless steel.  18/10 stainless steel is high quality, durable and resistant to rust and corrosion.  In addition to the pan being made of stainless steel, it has gold 18/10 stainless steel handles.

This pan comes in four different sizes.  The 10 inches size will accommodate 1 to 2 people, the 16 inch size will accommodate 4 to 6 people, the 22 inch size will accommodate 7 to 12 people and the 24 inch size will accommodate 9 to 16 people.

Finally, the La Paella Garcia Stainless Steel Paella Pan is suitable for the stovetop, oven or the grill.  However, it is made of a thin, single-ply stainless steel.  Therefore, it is not meant for high-heat sautéing.

La Paella Garcima 32-Inch Carbon Steel Paella Pan

La Paella Garcima 32-Inch Carbon Steel Paella Pan

This is another pick from La Paella and this one is as traditional as  you’re going to get.  The La Paella Garcima 32-Inch Carbon Steel Paella Pan from Spain is made with the traditional carbon steel with a hammered dimpled bottom.

And, because it is made with carbon steel, it is said that carbon steel is the best material to enhance the paella’s flavor.  However, carbon steel has more upkeep than other materials.  This includes drying immediately after washing and rubbing vegetable oil to prevent rusting.

The other advantage of carbon steel is it conducts heat quickly and evenly.  And, along with the dimpled bottom, it is rigid and extremely durable.

The La Paella Garcima 32-Inch Carbon Steel Paella Pan comes in one size and can serve 20 to 40 people.  It can be used with charcoal or gas grills, over an open fire or with a paella burner.

Matfer Bourgeat 062053 Black Steel Paella Pan

Matfer Bourgeat 062053 Black Steel Paella Pan

This pick for best paella pan is designed to sauté meats and vegetable before adding the rice.  The Matfer Bourgeat 062053 Black Steel Paella Pan features curved sides with a wide and shallow cooking surface.

This paella pan is made of black steel with iron handles.  Black steel is known to be extremely strong and known to be a superior heat conductor.  However, this will have some maintenance as it will need to be seasoned for non-stick use and for a prolonged life.

The Matfer Bourgeat 062053 Black Steel Paella Pan comes in three sizes.  There is a 14.125 inch pan that will serve 4 to 8 people, a 15.75 inch pan that will serve 8 to 12 people and a 17.75 inch pan that will serve 10 to 14 people.

Finally, this paella pan will work with induction, gas, electric or radiant stovetops.

The Cook's Connection Paella Pan

The Cook’s Connection Paella Pan

This is another true, authentic paella pan.  The Cook’s Connection Paella Pan from Spain is made of hammered carbon steel with a dimpled bottom.  So, you’re going to be basking in the flavor with this pick.

And, because it is made of carbon steel, you have your gives and takes.  Yes, you will have flavor-infused paella, however, this pan takes a little maintenance.  You should dry the pan immediately after washing and rub a little vegetable oil to prevent rusting.  And, if the pan does rust, steel wool will rub it right off.

Because this pan has a dimpled bottom, it will trap a small amount of liquid to promote even cooking.  It will also help keep the pan rigid and warp-free. 

The Cook’s Connection Paella Pan is a 15″ pan which will feed up to 6 people.  It can be used with on a stovetop, in an oven or on a charcoal grill.

Wilton Armetale Gourmet Grillware Large Paella Cooking and Serving Pan

Wilton Armetale Gourmet Grillware Large Paella Cooking and Serving Pan

Our final pick for best paella pan is made of Armetale metal which is 100% recycled, food-safe, aluminum-based alloy metal.  This metal is rust-proof, break-proof, crack-proof and chip-proof.  And, it has virtually no maintenance.

In addition, this pan is able to withstand temperatures up to 1000 degrees Fahrenheit and it is designed and crafted by hand.  It is also made to last a lifetime.

The Wilton Armetale Gourmet Grillware Large Paella Cooking and Serving Pan is designed to be used on the grill, but it can also be used on the stovetop or in the oven.  Furthermore, it also works great as a cooking pan and a serving dish because it retains heat extremely well.

This paella pan measures in at 16.5 inches by 13 inches and can accommodate a party of 4-10 people.  To maintain, simply hand wash with mild soap and water.  This pan is not dishwasher safe.

best whistling tea kettle

Best Whistling Tea Kettle Pot

What makes for the best whistling tea kettle?  Well, first, we’re not going to lie, the best whistling tea kettle has got to look good.  The reason why a tea kettle needs to look good is because they are often left out on the stove.  And, it becomes the centerpiece of not only the stove, but the entire kitchen.

And, you will want to show off your tea kettle.  They have been around since Mesopotamia – somewhere around 150 BC – and have pretty much kept the same classic aesthetic ever since.  And, although they have evolved with variations of colors and shapes, the same beautiful design is even more so pleasing to the eye.   

best whistling tea kettle

Besides having the best looking tea kettle, weight is also important.  The heavier the kettle usually means the better the materials used, not to mention, the better it feels in the hand.

Next, the best whistling tea kettle needs to be rust proof and corrosion resistant.  And, choosing a kettle made from stainless steel, zinc or copper will be your best bet.

Finally, quality construction is also an aspect we used to gage the best whistling tea kettle.  There’s nothing like a kettle that holds its beauty for years and years to come.

In the end, we found 8 of the best whistling tea kettles that have exceeded our standards.  These kettles are highly rated with some pretty spectacular reviews.  So, whichever one you choose to go with, your chances of scoring the whistling tea kettle of your dreams has risen dramatically.  

 

Best Whistling Tea Kettle

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Willow & Everett Tea Kettle
Willow & Everett
Tea Kettle
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Iron
Non-Slip Grip
Tea Strainer
10.7" x 10.5" x 9.9"
3.9 lbs
3.2 Quarts
Simplex Kettles Buckingham Solid Copper No. 1 Teakettle
Simplex
Buckingham Solid Copper No. 1 Teakettle
Copper
Cool-Touch Handle
Coil Base
10" x 8.5" x 8.5"
3.2 lbs
1.9 Quarts
OXO Good Grips Anniversary Edition Uplift Tea Kettle
OXO
Good Grips Anniversary Edition Uplift Tea Kettle
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
Color Options
8.25" x 8.25" x 9.5"
2.8 lbs
2 Quarts
Le Creuset Enamel-on-Steel Whistling 1-4/5-Quart Teakettle
Le Creuset
Enamel-on-Steel Whistling 1-4/5-Quart Teakettle
Enamel-Coated Steel
Non-Slip Grip
Color Options
10" x 10" x 6"
3.2 lbs
1.8 Quarts
Le Creuset Enameled Steel Oolong Tea Kettle
Le Creuset
Enameled Steel Oolong Tea Kettle
Enamel-Coated Steel
Non-Slip Grip
10" x 8.5" x 9.5"
3.2 lbs
1.6 Quarts
All-Clad E86199 Stainless Steel Specialty Cookware Tea Kettle
All-Clad
E86199 Stainless Steel Specialty Cookware Tea Kettle
18/10 Stainless Steel
Riveted-Grip Handle
Fill Line
10.1" x 8.2" x 8.9"
2.6 lbs
2 Quarts
ZestyNest Red Whistling Tea Kettle Pot
ZestyNest
Red Whistling Tea Kettle Pot
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
9" x 9" x 10"
2 lbs
3.4 Quarts

 

Best Whistling Tea Kettle

 

Willow & Everett Tea Kettle

Willow & Everett Tea Kettle

Our first pick for best whistling tea kettle is a 3 liter and 3.9 pound kettle from Willow & Everett.  The Willow & Everett Tea Kettle has a solid weight that’s going to feel good in your hand, even when empty.

This tea kettle is made of premium surgical grade stainless steel, aluminum and iron.  With these three materials combined, you can pretty much say goodbye to the idea of rust or corrosion.  In addition, the materials are extremely durable and will make for a lasting tea kettle.

And, not only does this tea kettle offer premium materials, it offers 5 layers of stainless steel, iron and aluminum.  This means more efficient brewing time and you’ll be ready to enjoy some tea in no time.  Once the water reaches a boil, the Willow & Everett Tea Kettle will whistle loudly.  However, there is no way to shut the whistle off.

For safety purposes, the handle and spout lever are coated in a non-slip silicone that protects your hand from the heat.  And for comfort purposes, the handle is ergonomically designed for a comfortable grip.

As an added bonus, there is a premium stainless steel tea strainer in which you can brew yourself a single cup of loose leaf tea.

Finally, this tea kettle is made of extremely high quality materials which are 100% teflon-free and BPA-free.

 

Simplex Buckingham Solid Copper No. 1 Teakettle

Simplex Buckingham Solid Copper No. 1 Teakettle

This pick for best whistling tea kettle is about as high-end as you’re going to get.  The Simplex Buckingham Solid Copper No. 1 Teakettle is handmade in England of solid copper with solid brass embellishments.

The Simplex Buckingham Kettle comes from Newey & Bloomer who have been making traditional kettles in Birmingham, England since 1903.  And, they continue making the kettles in the same hand-spinning techniques as they did over a hundred years ago.  Each kettle takes over a month to produce, so detail is highly regarded with the production of these kettles.    

This whistling tea kettle features an ebonised beech handle which stays cool to the touch, a melodic whistle to let you know when your water is boiling, decorative tin embellishments and a coil base.  In addition, it is designed for gas stoves to promote prompt boiling.  Once the water boils, the water will retain its heat for awhile because of the solid copper construction.

The Simplex Buckingham Kettle has a capacity of 1.9 Quarts and weighs roughly 3.2 pounds.  To maintain, it is to be hand washed only and dried with a soft cloth.  In addition, it is crucial that you not let the kettle boil dry, clean with acidic cleaning agents or scrub with steel wool or abrasive cloths.

 

OXO Good Grips Anniversary Edition Uplift Tea Kettle

OXO Good Grips Anniversary Edition Uplift Tea Kettle

An OXO product always seem to make our best of lists for kitchen products.  This is because, first and foremost, they offer amazing designs.  And this tea kettle more than hits the mark.  The OXO Good Grips Anniversary Edition Uplift Tea Kettle has such an iconic design, it is the most requested OXO product for use as props on television and TV sets.

And, not only is this whistling tea kettle nice to look at, it is made extremely well.  The OXO Tea Kettle is made with high-grade stainless steel and zinc which guards against rust and corrosion.  The handle is made out of natural cork which is resistant to heat and will offer a non-slip grip.

The OXO Good Grips Anniversary Edition Uplift Tea Kettle has a few more fabulous features.  First, the spout opens automatically when the kettle is tilted – this will help release some of the steam away from your hand.  In addition, the handle is large and angled away from the spout to further protect your hand from hot steam.

Next, this tea kettle offers a large lid opening which is not only convenient for filling, but for cleaning too.

And, this tea kettle has a loud whistle to let you know your boiling water is ready.  Once the water is ready, there is a silicone seal to prevent steam from escaping out of the sides of the lid.

The OXO Good Grips 2 Quart capacity and 2.8 pounds, giving it a decent weighted-feel in your hand.  And, for those that use an induction stove, this whistling tea kettle is not recommended.

Finally, for the perfect presence in the kitchen, this tea kettle comes in your choice of Polished Stainless Steel or Brushed Stainless Steel.

 

Le Creuset Enamel-on-Steel Whistling 1-4/5-Quart Teakettle

Le Creuset Enamel-on-Steel Whistling 1-4/5-Quart Teakettle

The Le Creuset Enamel-on-Steel Whistling Teakettle is a 1 4/5 quart kettle perfect for smaller households.  And, this is a great pick for those who want to add a splash of color because this kettle comes in your choice of 12 different colors.  Choose between Black, Caribbean, Cassis, Cherry, Flame, Marine, Marseille, Oyster, Palm, Soleil, Stainless or White.

The LeCreuset Whistling Teakettle is made of enamel-coated steel with stainless steel handle breakers.  It has a ergonomic handle which is heat resistant and non-slip, while the removable round-shaped lid with a stay-cool phenolic lid knob also offers a non-slip grip.

This teakettle has a large base size and heat distribution which will allow the water to boil quickly.  Once the water reaches a boil, the single-tone whistle will alert you that your water is ready.  In addition, the Le Creuset Teakettle has an easy-open spout by a press of the thumb.

Finally, this kettle is safe for all heat sources, including induction stoves.

Le Creuset Enameled Steel Oolong Tea Kettle

Le Creuset Enameled Steel Oolong Tea Kettle

This is another whistling tea kettle by Le Creuset, although with a more modern, ergonomic design and a larger kettle.  The Le Creuset Enameled Steel Oolong Tea Kettle has a capacity of 1.6 Quarts and is 3.2 pounds, giving it a nice weight.

This whistling tea kettle is made of enamel-coated steel and has a heat-resistant loop handle which is non-slip.  The handle is ergonomically shaped to keep you safe from escaping steam.  In addition, the round-shaped lid has a stay-cool phenolic lid knob.

And, what sets this whistling tea kettle apart is the spout cover release.  The button to release the spout is placed near the center of the handle within easy reach of your thumb.  This will further ensure your safety from hot steam.   

Lastly, the Le Creuset Enameled Steel Oolong Tea Kettle is safe for use on all heat sources, including induction.  It is recommended to be hand wash only.

 

All-Clad E86199 Stainless Steel Specialty Cookware Tea Kettle

All-Clad E86199 Stainless Steel Specialty Cookware Tea Kettle

This pick for best whistling tea kettle is one of the lightest kettles on our list at 2.6 pounds, so if you’re looking for something not quite so heavy, this is a great pick.

The All-Clad E86199 Stainless Steel Specialty Cookware Tea Kettle is made of 18/10 stainless steel which is known to be durable, corrosion resistant and rust resistant.  This kettle features a flat, wide bottom which will keep the kettle stable and allow the water to heat more efficiently.

This whistling tea kettle offers a wide, riveted handle which will give you a grip, while ensuring your hand is far from dangerous, hot steam.  In addition, this kettle has a tight fitting lid which helps to keep the steam from escaping.

Some of the other features include a visible fill line which indicates just how much water can safely boil and a spout whistle which alerts you when the water is ready.

Finally, the All-Clad E86199 Stainless Steel Specialty Cookware Tea Kettle is dishwasher safe and compatible for all heat sources, including induction.

 

ZestyNest Red Whistling Tea Kettle Pot

ZestyNest Red Whistling Tea Kettle Pot

Our final pick for best whistling tea kettle is the lightest on our list.  So, if you aren’t looking for a light-weighted tea kettle, this is perhaps a great pick for you.

The ZestyNest Red Whistling Tea Kettle Pot is made of aviation-grade stainless steel with a satin sheen.  And because it is made of aviation-grade stainless steel, this tea kettle is rust proof.

The handle on this tea kettle is heat resistant and offers a non-slip grip.  And, right about at your thumb, there is a quick release tab for the spout to further protect your hand from heat.

Finally, this whistling kettle is compatible for all heat sources including gas, electric and induction.

best citrus juicer

Best Citrus Juicer – Electric and Manual Press

Are you looking for the best citrus juicer?  Well, the first step is determining what kind of citrus juicer will best suit your needs.  There are two types of citrus juicers, one type is a motorized juicer and the other type is hand pressed.

If you’re looking to make a vitamin-infused glass of juice every morning, we suggest going with a motorized juicer.  This is because a motorized juicer will give you the maximum amount of extraction and the maximum amount of quantity with as little work as possible.

If you’re looking to season food, mix cocktails or add a touch of lemon to your Caesar salad, we suggest going with a hand press citrus juicer.  Hand press juicers will allow more extraction than simply squeezing with your hand.  They will also help ease the pressure on your hand and wrist which can cause unnecessary strain.

This all may sound very straightforward and simple, however, each one of our picks for best citrus juicer offers variable features which may appeal to you.  For instance, one of our motorized picks for best citrus juicer offers adjustable pulp control while another doubles as a pitcher for easy serving and so on.

Additionally, all of our picks have been thoroughly reviewed and are at the top of their game.  And, the hundreds of happy customers can and do attest to this.  

 

Best Citrus Juicer

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Cuisinart CCJ-500 Pulp Control Citrus Juicer
Cuisinart
CCJ-500 Pulp Control Citrus Juicer
Custom Pulp Control
Final Spin
Snap-Up Spout
6.8" x 7.9" x 12.2"
Black + Decker 32oz Citrus Juicer
Black + Decker
32oz Citrus Juicer
32oz Capacity
Auto-Reverse
Adjustable Pulp Control
Measuring Pitcher
Drip Free Pour
5" x 8" x 9.5"
Breville 800CPXL Die-Cast Stainless Steel Motorized Citrus Press
Breville
800CPXL Die-Cast Stainless Steel Motorized Citrus Press
Variable Pulp Filters
Power-Assisted Arm
Acid-Resistant Cone
Soft Grip Handle
Cord Storage
Drip-Stop Spout
14" x 17" x 10"
TrueCraftware Commercial Citrus Juicer Hand Press
TrueCraftware
Commercial Citrus Juicer Hand Press
Cast Iron
No-Slip Grip
17" x 7" x 10"
Bellemain Premium Quality Stainless Steel Lemon Squeezer
Bellemain
Premium Quality Stainless Steel Lemon Squeezer
18/10 Stainless Steel
Reinforced Hinges
Non-Slip Grip
9" x 4" x 2.5"
Zulay Kitchen Premium Quality Metal Lemon Lime Squeezer
Zulay Kitchen
Premium Quality Metal Lemon Lime Squeezer
Aluminum
2-in-1 Bowl
8.7" x 2.9" x 2.1"

 

Best Citrus Juicer

 

Cuisinart CCJ-500 Pulp Control Citrus Juicer

Cuisinart CCJ-500 Pulp Control Citrus Juicer

This pick for best citrus juicer is a great choice for those that like to control their pulp.  The Cuisinart CCJ-500 Pulp Control Citrus Juicer features custom pulp control settings.  You can have little to no pulp, some pulp or a lot of pulp.

To use the Cuisinart Pulp Control Citrus Juicer, set the pulp setting which you will find in the reamer.  Then, simply place half a fruit on top of the reamer and lightly hold the fruit down and the reamer will start spinning.  Then, release once the juice starts extracting out of the spout.

The Cuisinart offers a couple of brilliant features.  The first feature is called the “Final Spin.”  This is where it breaks down the leftover remnants to get even more juice.  To use the Final Spin, place the lid on the juicer and push down after you have extracted all of the fruit.  The last of the juice will then extract from the spout.

The next brilliant feature is the snap-up spout.  When you’re done extracting the juice, just push the spout up and this will prevent juice from dripping onto the counter.

The Cuisinart CCJ-500 Pulp Control Citrus Juicer is a fairly quiet machine.  So much so, that you can continue to have normal conversations while the extraction is in progress.

After you’re done juicing and conversating, simply place the easily-removable parts in the dishwasher or hand wash in warm soapy water. 

Finally, the Cuisinart CCJ-500 comes in different style options.  Choose between Dark Plaid, Nickel or Natural to best cater to your decor.

 

Black + Decker 32oz Citrus Juicer

Black + Decker 32oz Citrus Juicer

This citrus juicer is a good option for juicing and serving because it doubles as a pitcher.  The Black + Decker 32oz Citrus Juicer has a handle and drip-free pour spout for a one step operation.

This electric juicer features 32 ounces of capacity or holds up to a quarter gallon of juice.  Being in a clear plastic container, you can easily measure the amount of juice extracting for precise results.

The Black + Decker 32oz Citrus Juicer offers auto-reverse juicing cones to get the maximum amount of juice extraction possible.  In addition, this cone will handle all sizes of fruit, including large fruit like oranges and grapefruit.  

To use this juicer, set the adjustable pulp control and press the fruit onto the cone to start the extraction.  The juice extracts into the easy-pour pitcher while the cone will automatically reverse until every drop has been extracted.

After you’ve finished juicing, the strainer collects the leftover pulp and you can decide what happens next.  There may be some recipe you may want to use it for or you can mix it in with the juice.

The Black + Decker 32oz Citrus Juicer comes apart easily for cleaning.  Either hand wash or run it through the dishwasher.    

Finally, you can order this juicer with a 32oz size dual-purpose juicing cone or a 32oz standard juicing cone which you can find here.

 

Breville 800CPXL Die-Cast Stainless Steel Motorized Citrus Press

Breville 800CPXL Die-Cast Stainless Steel Motorized Citrus Press

If you’re looking for the best of the best citrus juicer, this one is it.  The Breville 800CPXL Die-Cast Stainless Steel Motorized Citrus Press is a professional-grade powerful citrus press.

And, what we love so much about this citrus juicer is it’s effortless.  And, not only is it effortless, it is extremely quiet.

To use the Breville 800CPXL Motorized Citrus Press, you must first choose a filter for variable pulp.  Then, place half a fruit on the cone and pull down the power-assisted arm to begin extraction.  The juice will begin pouring out of the drip-stop juice spout and wah-la!  You have your fresh squeezed juice.

And, while juicing fruits with the one-size-fits-all juicing cone, the Breville will give you maximum extraction.  Feel free to use any size of citrus fruit with this juicer – from limes to grapefruits. 

Once you’re finished with the extraction, this citrus juicer is extremely easy to clean.  Just wash and rinse with warm soapy water or run the components through the dishwasher.

The Breville 800CPXL Citrus Press is made from die-cast metal, stainless steel and BPA free plastic.  The juice will primarily come in contact with the stainless steel while the rind will primarily come in contact with the plastic.  Furthermore, this juicer comes with an acid-resistant die-cast cone to ensure your fruit is safe from rust or corrosion.

Finally, the Breville 800CPXL features a soft grip handle to make citrus juicing even easier.  And, this machine offers a cord storage for when it’s not in use.  There’s nothing like decluttering the kitchen!

The Breville 800CPXL Motorized Citrus Press comes in your choice of die-cast stainless steel or stainless steel.

 

TrueCraftware Commercial Citrus Juicer Hand Press

TrueCraftware Commercial Citrus Juicer Hand Press

Our first pick for best citrus juicer in the manual press category is a heavy duty, vintage-style citrus juicer.  The TruCraftware Commercial Citrus Juicer Hand Press is of professional quality and is made for heavy-duty work.

This manual citrus juicer is made of cast iron which means this juicer will, perhaps, last you a lifetime.  The heavy base features rubber feet to keep the juicer in place and to protect the countertops.

The TrueCraftware Commercial Citrus Juicer has a rubber, ergonomic handle for a no-slip grip.  Additionally, it is designed for comfort to ease tension on the wrist and hand.

To use this citrus juicer, simply place a glass underneath the presser, place half a citrus fruit on the cone and pull the lever down.  The juice will then start extracting into the glass below.

Once you’re finished, the funnel and cone easily detach and are dishwasher safe.

Finally, this is a great pick for someone who is looking for the indestructible.  Customers have claimed that they have had this citrus juicer for decades.  

 

Bellemain Premium Quality Stainless Steel Lemon Squeezer

Bellemain Premium Quality Stainless Steel Lemon Squeezer

This is a great pick for those who seek the ultimate comfort.  The Bellemain Premium Quality Stainless Steel Lemon Squeezer is easy on the hands and the wrist.

This citrus juicer features an ergonomic design with thickly formed, silicone-bonded handles.  These handles offer a non-slip grip while giving you the ultimate comfort.

The Bellemain Premium Quality Lemon Squeezer is made of 18/10 stainless steel, which means this citrus juicer is durable, rust-proof, corrosion resistant and won’t scratch or crack.  Additionally, this lemon squeezer is solid-cast for increased strength and durability.  And, the Bellemain has added reinforced hinges which further increases its durability.  

To use the Bellemain Premium Quality Stainless Steel Lemon Squeezer, simply place half a citrus fruit in the bowl and squeeze the levers together.  The juice will begin extracting through the holes while the seeds and pith are trapped in the bowl.

Once finished, just take it through a spin in the dishwasher or hand wash with warm, soapy water.

Zulay Kitchen Premium Quality Metal Lemon Lime Squeezer

 

Zulay Kitchen Premium Quality Metal Lemon Lime Squeezer

Our final pick for best citrus juicer in the manual category is one that will work for citrus-sized fruit like lemons, lime and even oranges.  This squeezer features two bowls that can accommodate both small and larger fruits alike.

The Zulay Kitchen Premium Quality Metal Lemon Lime Squeezer is made with sturdy aluminum with a non-toxic, Certified lead-free coating.  It is designed for comfort – and with each squeeze, you will be saving your hand and wrist from strain.

To use the Zulay Lemon Lime Squeezer, simply pick the bowl that best matches the size of fruit you will be squeezing.  Then, pull the levers together and the extraction begins.  The seeds and the pulp will be trapped in the bowl.

To clean, just run it through the dishwasher or hand wash with warm, soapy water.  And, it’s as simple as that.

best cheese slicer

Best Cheese Slicer – Just Cut the Cheese

We are obsessed about cheese slicers, so we made it our mission to find the best cheese slicer out there.  Cheese slicers are one of those kitchen utensils we can’t survive without.  That, and pizza cutters.  And for the simple reason they just make life in the kitchen sooo much easier.

So, what constitutes the best cheese slicer?  Well, first, quality is a must.  Without a quality cheese slicer, it will break down when you need it the most.  And this never fails – it happens every time.

Next, the best cheese slicer needs to have the best grip.  There’s nothing better than the feeling of a comfortable kitchen utensil.  On the reverse spectrum, there’s nothing more cringe-worthy than an uncomfortable one.  So, comfort is high on our list of requirements for the best cheese slicer.

best cheese slicer

Additionally, the slicer must be sharp.  The blade of the cutter should be able to cut through cheese cleanly, without dragging or pulling the cheese.    

Finally, the material of the cheese slicer needs to be made out of top notch material and high quality stainless steel.  And this is because high quality stainless steel is durable and rust proof.  

With these qualities in mind, we chose 7 of the best cheese slicers out there.  Each of these picks went above and beyond our expectations.  And, not only did they meet our expectations, these cheese slicers have met hundreds upon hundreds of other people’s expectations.  These picks have been highly reviewed and highly praised by a lot of happy customers.

 

Best Cheese Slicer

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Boska Holland Monaco Collection Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer
Boska Holland
Monaco Collection Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer
Stainless Steel11" x 3.1" x 0.8"
Bellemain Adjustable Thickness Cheese Slicer
Bellemain
Adjustable Thickness Cheese Slicer
Zinc Alloy
Adjustable
Replacement Wire
8.3" x 5.8" x 0.5"
Westmark Germany Multipurpose Stainless Steel Cheese and Food Slicer with BoardStainless Steel
ABS
Scale
9.2" x 9" x 2.1"
OXO Good Grips Wire Cheese Slicer
OXO
Good Grips Wire Cheese Slicer
Die-Cast Zinc
Non-Slip Grip
Replacement Wire
4.2" x 1" x 10.5"
Attican Barmix Cheese Slicer
Attican
Barmix Cheese Slicer
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
2.8" x 2" x 6.1"
Westmark 29272260 Heavy Duty Adjustable Stainless Steel Cheese SlicerStainless Steel
Coated Aluminum
2.8" x 2" x 6.1"
Fox Run Premium Marble Cheese Slicer/Cutter
Fox Run
Premium Marble Cheese Slicer/Cutter
Stainless Steel
Marble
Rubber Feet
Replacement Wires
8.5" x 7.8" x 5"
Nemco 55300A-1 Easy Cheeser
Nemco
55300A-1 Easy Cheeser
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
12.5" x 6.8" x 13.2"

 

Best Cheese Slicer

 

Boska Holland Monaco Collection Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer

Boska Holland Monaco Collection Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer

This pick for best cheese slicer originates from the gouda capitol of the world – The Netherlands.  And, this company has been around since 1856, so needless to say, they know a little about cheese.

The Boska Holland Monaco Collection Stainless Steel Cheese slicer is designed for semi-hard to hard cheeses.  It can easily and effortlessly slice through cheese with little to no pressure.  No dragging and no pulling with this cheese slicer.

Additionally, because the handle is ergonomically designed, it offers a comfortable grip which adds to the ease of slicing cheese.

Made of quality stainless steel, the Boska Cheese Slicer is corrosion-resistant and rust-proof.  And, because it’s made of quality stainless steel, it’s going to be durable and last quite a while.  This also means, it is dishwasher safe.

Finally, if you’re looking for a straightforward and simple, yet, effective way to slice cheese, the Boska Holland Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer is a solid pick.  Let’s just say, it cuts the cheese.

 

Bellemain Adjustable Thickness Cheese Slicer

Bellemain Adjustable Thickness Cheese Slicer

If you’re looking to customize your cheese slices, this is a great pick for you.  The Bellemain Adjustable Thickness Cheese Slicer will allow you to set the desired thickness or thinness.  Want paper thin slices?  You got it.  Want thick slices?  The Bellemain Adjustable Cheese Slicer will give you cheese up to 1/4″ thick.  

This cheese slicer is made with top quality zinc alloy.  Zinc alloy is known for its strength, durability and resistance to corrosion.  And, this cheese slicer is made from one single piece of zinc alloy, so you don’t need to worry about extra crevices or breakage.

Finally, the Bellemain Cheese Slicer comes with a replacement wire for when the original starts to dull.  And, this also makes it a good pick for those who would rather just replace a wire rather than buy a whole new cheese slicer once your beloved starts to dull.

 

Westmark Germany Multipurpose Stainless Steel Cheese and Food Slicer with Board

Westmark Germany Multipurpose Stainless Steel Cheese and Food Slicer with Board

We love German products for the simple fact that they consistently and proudly produce quality.  The Westmark Germany Multipurpose Stainless Steel Cheese and Food Slicer Board comes from a company that has been in the business for over 50 years.  So, this is another pick with a long standing reputation for quality.

The other aspect we love about this cheese slicer is it doesn’t just slice cheese.  It sill slice nearly everything.  From celery to lettuce to sausage to bread, you name it.

The Westmark Stainless Steel Cheese and Food Slicer has a high quality stainless steel blade and a cast aluminum handle.  The board is made of ABS, which is an opaque thermoplastic polymer material.  It is durable and offers good resistance to heat and chemicals.

In addition, this cheese and food slicer comes with a polypropylene adjustable scale.  So, for those who are particular about serving sizes, this is an excellent choice for a cheese slicer.

Finally, this cheese slicer is to be hand washed only.  It is not recommended for the dishwasher. 

 

OXO Good Grips Wire Cheese Slicer

OXO Good Grips Wire Cheese Slicer

It’s no secret we love OXO products.  Their products are so amazingly durable and comfortable, they rank on nearly all of our best kitchen utensil lists.

And, comfort is our favorite with this cheese slicer.  The OXO Good Grips Wire Cheese Slicer has a soft, comfortable handle that offers a non-slip grip.

The slicer portion of this cheese slicer is made with die-cast zinc construction and a stainless steel wire.  In addition, there is a replacement wire included.  This wire is easy to load as there is a tension wheel to easily tighten it into place.

The OXO Good Grips Wire Cheese Slicer isn’t adjustable, however, you can easily gage your desired thickness by adjusting the angle of your wrist.  And, this slicer is great for medium to hard cheeses.  

And lastly, the OXO Wire Cheese Slicer is, thankfully, dishwasher safe.

 

Attican Barmix Cheese Slicer

Attican Barmix Cheese Slicer

This cheese slicer is great if you’re looking to cut thicker slices.  And, not only is it a cheese slicer, it can be used as a vegetable peeler.

The Attican Barmix Cheese Slicer is a heavy duty slicer that will cut into medium to hard style of cheese.  Made of quality stainless steel, this cheese slicer is resistant to corrosion and rust.

And, it is comfortable.  The handle features a black rubberized non-slip grip, which is easy to handle and easy to hold.  In addition, it comes with a hanging loop for easy storage.

Finally, for maintenance purposes, all you need to do is run it through the dishwasher after each use.

 

Westmark 29272260 Heavy Duty Adjustable Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer

Westmark 29272260 Heavy Duty Adjustable Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer

This is the third German product on our list.  And, perhaps it’s because Germans love their cheese and they know their cheese.  However, this is the second product on our list from Westmark, the German company that has been around for over 50 years.

The Westmark 29272260 Heavy Duty Adjustable Stainless Steel Cheese Slicer is made of coated aluminum with a stainless steel wire cutter.  And, this wire cutter is ideal for semi-hard cheese such as cheddar or swiss.

Additionally, this cheese slicer is designed to slice more on the thin side.  However, you can still adjust the thickness by angling your wrist with each slice.

And, because it’s made of stainless steel and coated aluminum, there’s no need to worry about rust or corrosion. 

Finally, this cheese slicer offers a comfortable, yet durable, grip.  It also comes with a hanging loop for easy storage.

For cleaning purposes, just simply run it through the dishwasher.

Fox Run Premium Marble Cheese Slicer/Cutter

Fox Run Premium Marble Cheese Slicer/Cutter

This pick for best cheese slicer is the perfect well-rounded option.  The Fox Run Premium Marble Cheese Slicer/Cutter works for soft, semi-hard and hard cheese.  Additionally, you can slice it anyway you want – thin, thick or thicker.  And, not only can it be used for cheese, it can be used for other foods such as butter, fruit, sausage or vegetables.

The base of this cheese slicer is made of 100% marble to keep the cheese cool and firm.  Additionally, because it’s marble, it’s going to look great – especially for a party atmosphere.  The base of the marble has non-slip rubber feet to prevent movement and to protect the countertop.

The Fox Run Premium Marble Cheese Slicer and Cutter comes with a durable, stainless steel wire.  And, you get two additional replacement wires.

Finally, this cheese slicer is to be hand washed only.

 

Nemco 55300A-1 Easy Cheeser

Nemco 55300A-1 Easy Cheeser

Our final pick for best cheese slicer is a heavy duty cheese slicing machine.  The Nemco 55300A-1 Easy Cheeser is great for those looking to cut slices in bulk.  This means, you can easily slice cheese into cubes, sticks, squares or rectangles within seconds.

This cheese slicer has easily interchanges cut-size arms measuring in at 3/4th of an inch and 3/8th of an inch.  And, the cutting wires are placed 3/4 inches apart.  

The Nemco Easy Cheeser is made of sturdy aluminum with stainless steel cutting wires.  And with the aluminum and stainless steel, this machine is resistant to rust and corrosion.  Additionally, these stainless steel cutting wires are replaceable.

Cleanup is easy with the Nemco Easy Cheeser.  It comes apart easily and effortlessly and is dishwasher safe.

Finally, if you’re looking for actual cheese slices, you may want to try one of our other picks.  Although this machine is a wonder machine, it’s not made for actual slices.  However, if you’re looking for blocks of cheese for hors d’oeuvres, snacks or lunches, this would be a fabulous, time-saving pick for you.

best pizza cutter

Best Pizza Cutter for Perfect Pizza Everytime

This is one kitchen utensil we can’t live without.  A pizza cutter!  That, and a cheese slicer, of course.  And, when our pizza cutter recently broke down and gave us pizza tears, we decided no more.  We are going to get the best pizza cutter to prevent such despair.  No more being stranded without a pizza cutter for us.

So, what are we looking for in a pizza cutter?  For starters, we want a pizza cutter that’s going to go the extra mile for us.  We want one that will last us years.  And that means only quality construction will do.

best pizza cutter

Next, the best pizza cutter has to easily cut through a pizza.  And, we are talking one-stroke action.  We’ve watched too many chef shows with chefs and their remarkable culinary skills to sit there and struggle with a pizza slicer of all things.

The best pizza cutter also has to be made of quality materials.  Such as, premium stainless steel to prevent rust and corrosion.

And, finally, there’s nothing like comfort with kitchen utensils.  So, the best pizza cutter has got to be comfortable and easy to use.

In the end, we found 9 fabulous pizza cutters.  And, each one of these cutters met our criteria and then some.  They also have some of the best reviews and the happiest customers.

So, whichever one you choose to go with, you can just add your name to the list of happy customers!

 

Best Pizza Cutter

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
OXO Good Grips 4-inch Pizza Wheel and Cutter
OXO
Good Grips 4-inch Pizza Wheel and Cutter
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
Thumb Guard
9.4" x 4.1" x 0.6"
Reinhoffer 12-Inch Stainless Steel Knife and Pizza Cutter Rocker
Reinhoffer
12-Inch Stainless Steel Knife and Pizza Cutter Rocker
HC Stainless Steel
Grooved Handles
10.6" x 1.3" x 13.2"
Kitchy Pizza Cutter Wheel
Kitchy
Pizza Cutter Wheel
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
Retractable Blade Guard
4.9" x 4.7" x 1.2"
Checkered Chef Pizza Cutter Sharp Rocker Blade18/10 Stainless Steel
Protective Sheath
14.4" x 4.2" x 1.1"
Diamond Best Pizza Cutter Wheel
Diamond
Best Pizza Cutter Wheel
Stainless Steel
Zinc Alloy
Non-Slip Grip
8.4" x 4.2" x 1.1"
BruArcher Premier Pizza CutterStainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
14" x 2" x 8"
KoBzA 2017 Design Pizza Cutter
KoBzA
2017 Design Pizza Cutter
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Grip
7" x 5" x 0.5"
Dreamfarm Scizza Pizza Scissors
Dreamfarm
Scizza Pizza Scissors
Stainless Steel
Nylon Base
11.5" x 1" x 4"
SoHo Kitchen Bicycle Pizza Cutter
SoHo
Kitchen Bicycle Pizza Cutter
Stainless Steel7" x 1" x 4.5"

 

Best Pizza Cutter

OXO Good Grips 4-inch Pizza Wheel and Cutter

OXO Good Grips 4-inch Pizza Wheel and Cutter

This is perhaps the most comfortable pizza cutter on our list.  OXO makes fabulous products, and in our opinion, comfort is their standout feature.  For further testament to how comfortable OXO products are, they won the Tylenol/Arthritis Foundation Design Award. 

The OXO Good Grips 4-inch Pizza Wheel and Cutter has a soft, non-slip handle that is designed to absorb pressure.  Above the handle, this pizza cutter has a die-cast zinc thumb guard to protect from your thumb from slicing yourself.

This 4-inch pizza wheel has a sharp, stainless steel blade that will easily slice the crispiest of crusts or the thickest of crusts.  And, it will easily slice through pizza loaded with toppings.

Finally, this pizza cutter is rust-proof and dishwasher safe.

Reinhoffer 12-Inch Stainless Steel Knife and Pizza Cutter Rocker

Reinhoffer 12-Inch Stainless Steel Knife and Pizza Cutter Rocker

We are in love with this pizza rocker for its authenticity and German roots.  The Reinhoffer 12-inch Stainless Steel Knife and Pizza Cutter Rocker is one-of-a-kind and is made from a custom mold.

This pizza rocker features double handles measuring about 4 inches tall so it’s comfortable for any size of hands.  In addition the handles have grooves in the design for added comfort.

The Reinhoffer Pizza Rocker blade is made of 420 high-carbon stainless steel which is tough, durable and corrosion resistant.  The actual handles are made of 410 stainless steel, which is another durable stainless steel.

This 12 inch pizza cutter is dishwasher safe or can be easily cleaned with warm, soapy water.  It can also easily be stored on a magnetic knife strip because of its inherent magnetic properties.

 

Kitchy Pizza Cutter Wheel

Kitchy Pizza Cutter Wheel

We love this pizza cutter for its fun and simple design.  The Kitchy Pizza Cutter Wheel is ergonomically designed for comfort and style.  It fits comfortably in the palm of your hand to give you more control when slicing pizza.

Not only does it fit comfortably in your hand, it fits comfortably in the drawer.  Since the Kitchy is small in size, it can easily be stored anywhere without taking up much room.

This pizza wheel is super sharp and will allow you to cut pizza cleanly and quickly.  And, for protection, when storing, this pizza cutter comes with a retractable blade guard to protect you from accidentally cutting your fingers when fishing for it out of the drawer.  This retractable blade guard is built into the wheel and works by simply sliding it to open or close.

If that’s not all, the Kitchy Pizza Cutter Wheel can be easily dismantled to clean.  And, it is thankfully dishwasher safe also.

 

Checkered Chef Pizza Cutter Sharp Rocker Blade

Checkered Chef Pizza Cutter Sharp Rocker Blade

We like this pick for the switch-blade design.  And, with the switch-blade design comes protection.  The Checkered Chef Pizza Cutter Sharp Rocker Blade is ultra sharp and will cut through any type of pizza, included super thick crust, with ease.

However, it has a protective sheath so you don’t have to worry about cutting yourself.  In addition, it stores safely in the drawer to ensure your fingers are safe when reaching for it.

The Checkered Chef Pizza Cutter is made of 18/10 stainless steel, which means it is durable and temperature resistant.  This pizza cutter is also made form one solid piece of stainless steel so it’s more hygienic and it’s dishwasher safe.

 

Diamond Best Pizza Cutter Wheel

This pick for best pizza cutter is extremely sharp and will cut through pizza like you’ve never seen.  The Diamond Best Pizza Cutter Wheel is made with high quality stainless steel and will never dull or rust.

The handle is made of zinc alloy which is known for its strength and its resistance to corrosion.  In addition, all parts of this pizza cutter are rust-proof.

The Diamond Best Pizza Cutter Wheel is a commercial grade pizza cutter and it will never wobble, something that often seems to happen with cheaply made cutters.  

Furthermore, it comes with a thumb and finger protecter.  And, the handle features a non-slip grip for additional safety and comfort.  

Finally, the Diamond Best Pizza Cutter Wheel is dishwasher safe.

 

BruArcher Premier Pizza Cutter

BruArcher Premier Pizza Cutter

The BruArcher Premier Pizza Cutter is a deluxe and high quality rocker-style cutter.  It features a 14 inch blade that will easily slice and dice just about anything, including and especially pizza.

The blade is made of restaurant-grade stainless steel and comes with grip-friendly handles made of high quality, durable plastic.  Furthermore, the restaurant-grade stainless steel is created in FDA-approved labs and throughly inspected before being released on the market.

However, the only issue we have with this particular pizza cutter is it doesn’t have a long-term protective sheath.  So, you’ll have to find your own storage solution with this one.

Finally, the BruArcher Premier Pizza Cutter is dishwasher safe.

 

KoBzA 2017 Design Pizza Cutter

KoBzA 2017 Design Pizza Cutter

This is design is great for those who want to free up a hand.  The KoBzA 2017 Design Pizza Cutter is a one-handed machine that allows you to steady food with one hand while the other gets busy doing the manual labor.  However, manual labor is a bit of a stretch because this pizza cutter seems to work on its own.  

And, this pizza cutter is comfortable.  The ergonomic designed handle offers a comfortable grip, non-slip grip.  This handle is specially designed to form to the contours of your hand while emphasizing natural body movements.

The KoBza 2017 Design Pizza Cutter has a 6.5 inch, stainless steel blade, which is big enough to get the job done, yet, small enough for storage or travel.

Finally, this pizza cutter is, thankfully, dishwasher safe.

 

Dreamfarm Scizza Pizza Scissors

Dreamfarm Scizza Pizza Scissors

Ok, we’re not going to lie, the initial reason why this made our list was simply because they are pizza scissors.  And, we love inventions.  However, the more familiar we got with this particular pizza cutter, the more it met all of our pizza cutter requirements and the more it deserved to be on our list.

The Dreamfarm Scizza Pizza Scissors are made with hardened German stainless steel blades and come with non-stick nylon base.  Simply slip the bottom of the scissors with the nylon base under the pizza and start cutting.  This nylon base is heat resistant up to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and it is scratch-resistant.  So, it won’t ruin your bakeware or your pizza stone in the process.

And, these scissors work like a charm.  They are sharp and willing to cut through any pizza out there.  Stuffed pizza, pizza with an overzealousness of toppings, crispy crust, thin crust and even deep dish pizza.

And because the blades on the Dreamfarm Scizza Pizza Scissors are extra long, it doesn’t take long to scissor your way through a pizza pie.

Finally, this pizza cutter is dish washer safe.  And, because they are scissors, they work naturally at protecting your fingers when sifting through the drawer.

 

SoHo Kitchen Bicycle Pizza Cutter

SoHo Kitchen Bicycle Pizza Cutter

Our last pick for best pizza cutter is another fun pick.  The SoHo Kitchen Bicycle Pizza Cutter is designed as a 1/10th scale of a real-life road bike.  This includes details such as the frame, wheels, seat and even handle bars.

This pizza cutter comes with dual stainless steel blades that feature a sharp, non-stick edge.  So, when you’re riding through the pizza, the food will be left in the dust.  Or, rather, left where it’s suppose to be.

And, for storage, the SoHo Kitchen Bicycle Pizza Cutter comes with a stand.  So, you can easily display it on your countertop and have it for easy access.

Finally, it cleans up nicely with some soap and warm water or you can just as easily ride it on over to the dishwasher.  Tour de pizza!

best pizza maker

Best Pizza Maker for Brick Oven Style Pizza

Ok, perhaps this is one of the better inventions made.  Except for pizza of course.  And, because we love pizza..no..wait…because we are obsessed with pizza, we went on the hunt for the best pizza maker and we found pizza perfection.

Ideally, a brick oven would be our choice.  However, that’s not going to happen anytime soon.  One day, but not today.  And that’s where countertop pizza makers come in.  These pizza makers tend to mimic brick oven style pizza.  So, when we searched for the best pizza maker, we had brick oven style pizza on our mind.

best pizza maker

And with this style of pizza, top and bottom heating is crucial for perfectly baked crust.  This will allow the pizza to cook evenly throughout the process so every bite is just as delicious as the next.

Next, in order to get that brick oven pizza you’ve been craving, a high temperature pizza maker is a must.  Additionally, a high temperature environment allows the pizza to cook faster.  And, when you want pizza, you want it now.

Also, with a high temperature pizza maker, you will get crispier and fluffier crust.  Ok…we are getting hungry!

So, let’s get on with it.  Lastly, we want quality with the best pizza maker.  There’s nothing like pizza hunger and having the darn thing break down.  And, nobody wants pizza tears so our top 5 best pizza makers are made to last.    

 

Best Pizza Maker

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Presto 03430 Pizzazz Plus Rotating Oven
Presto
03430 Pizzazz Plus Rotating Oven
Rotating
Dual Heating
Automatic Timer
Automatic Shutoff
15.8" x 14.5" x 10.3"
Forno Magnifico Electric 12 Pizza Oven
Forno Magnifico
Electric 12 Pizza Oven
Ceramic Cooking Stone
Dome Shape
Automatic Timer
Automatic Shutoff
Wooden Pizza Peel
20" x 12" x 8.2"
Betty Crocker BC-2958CR Pizza Maker
Betty Crocker
BC-2958CR Pizza Maker
Non-stick Baking Plate
Dual Heating
13.8" x 15.9" x 5"
CuiZen PIZ-4012 Pizza Box Oven
CuiZen
PIZ-4012 Pizza Box Oven
Non-stick Pan
Rotating
Dual Heating
Automatic Timer
Automatic Shutoff
16.8" x 13.4" x 4.8"
Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker BREBPZ600XL
Breville
Crispy Crust Pizza Maker BREBPZ600XL
Ceramic Pizza Stone
Dome Shape
Bottom/Top Heating
19.5" x 12.6" x 19.2"

 

Best Pizza Maker

 

Presto 03430 Pizzazz Plus Rotating Oven

Presto 03430 Pizzazz Plus Rotating Oven

The Presto 03430 Pizzaz Plus Rotating Oven is one of the better pizza makers on our list.  And, not only does it cook pizza, it will cook just about everything else such as cookies, cinnamon, rolls, pie…ok…we are getting hungry again!

What sets this apart from some of the other pizza makers on the market is it has a rotating tray that turns continuously to ensure even-baking.  And, when you get even baking, you get consistent bite after consistent bite.

The Presto 03430 Pizzaz Oven also has top and bottom heating elements to help ensure even-baking.  And, these heating elements are separately controlled, so you can select the top, bottom or both elements depending on your personal preference.

This pizza oven doesn’t need to be preheated.  It begins baking and rotating the minute you plug it in.  And, it has a timer with an automatic shutoff for additional assurance that your pizza will be perfection.  Once the timer shuts off, the heating elements shut off also.  It also shuts off automatically if it overheats, so you don’t have to worry about any damage to the pizza maker or your surroundings.

For cleaning purpose, this pizza maker is easy to maintain.   The non-stick baking pan is removable and you can wash it in warm, sudsy water to remove debris.  Then, rinse and towel dry.  Occasionally, you should wipe the exterior with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly.

Finally, the Presto 03430 Pizzaz Plus Rotating Oven work for pizzas between the sizes of 7 and 12 inches.  The actual baking pan is 13.25 inches in diameter.

 

Forno Magnifico Electric 12 Pizza Oven

Forno Magnifico Electric 12 Pizza Oven

This is perhaps the best pizza oven on our list for genuine brick oven style pizza.  The Forno Magnifico Electric 12 Pizza Oven offers three basic, but brilliant features, that will get you that mouth-watering brick oven pizza you’ve been begging for.

The first of these features is a high temperature.  The Forno Pizza Oven reaches an astounding 750 degrees Fahrenheit.  And to adjust the temperature, just simply turn the knob and you’re ready to go.

The next impressive feature of this pizza maker is it has a ceramic refractory cooking stone.  Refractory cooking stones are used in brick ovens so this feature will give you the brick oven experience you desire.  And, this stone is resistant towards stains and cleans up quite easily.  However, the stone is not removable, but that is not much of an issue as far as cleaning goes.   

The final feature that sets this pizza maker apart is it has a dome-shaped cooking chamber.  And, the dome-shaped cooking chamber is the same design as a brick oven.  It will reflect the heat off of the top and back onto the pizza for even-baking.

The Forno Magnifico Electric 12 Pizza Oven will cook fresh, frozen or homemade pizzas up to 12 inches in diameter.  And, this pizza maker bakes super fast in under 10 minutes.  After the baking process is over, just remove the pizza with the 2 piece wooden pizza peel that’s included with this oven.

Finally, this pizza maker comes with a 10 minute auto-off timer, so there will be no overcooking and no pizza tears.

 

Betty Crocker BC-2958CR Pizza Maker

Betty Crocker BC-2958CR Pizza Maker

This pick is not only good for pizza, but for nachos, frittatas, quiche, croissants, cookies, quesadillas, flatbread…the list goes on.  The Betty Crocker BC-2958CR Pizza Maker is pretty much a dream come true for cooking just about everything.

This pizza maker features a nonstick coated baking plate which will bake pizzas up to 12 inches in diameter.  This baking plate is not removable, however, it is easy to clean.  Just wipe the nonstick baking plate with a damp cloth and you’re ready for your next pizza.

The Betty Crocker BC-2958CR Pizza Maker is non-adjustable in the temperature department.  Once turned on, this pizza maker heats up to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and takes approximately 5 minutes to fully heat up.  Once fully heated, the light will change from red to green.  And, the heating element is on both the top and the bottom, so you will get even heating throughout.

This pick for best pizza maker is not necessarily one for brick oven style.  However, it delivers the same type of crispy crust and thorough heating of a brick oven – it just doesn’t reach the high temperature.  

But, if you’re looking for something simple and multi-purpose, this is a high quality pizza maker with a whole lot of happy customers.

CuiZen PIZ-4012 Pizza Box Oven

CuiZen PIZ-4012 Pizza Box Oven

This pick for best pizza maker will trick you into thinking it’s just been delivered.  The CuiZen Pizza Box Oven has a fun design that’s reminiscent of a pizza take-out box.

This rotating pizza maker combines top and bottom heating elements to ensure perfectly and evenly cooked pizza.  The adjustable thermostat control adjusts up to 525 degrees Fahrenheit.  So, to cook a pizza, just adjust the temperature, place the pizza within the box, set the timer and in approximately 20-30 minutes, you’ve got your crispy crust pizza.  And, for safety reasons, once the timer goes off, the oven turns off as well.

The CuiZen PIZ-4012 Pizza Box Oven has a non-stick pan that will cook up to a 12-inch pizza.  And, the pan is removable for easy clean-up.  Just wipe clean with a damp cloth and you’re ready for your next masterpiece.

This pizza maker also features a stainless steel cool-touch handle.  So, you don’t have to worry when opening the box.

And, for the best part, the pizza…you can cook fresh, frozen, homemade and rising crust in this pizza maker.

 

Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker BREBPZ600XL

Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker BREBPZ600XL

Our final pick for best pizza maker is this dome-style oven from Breville.  The Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker BREBPZ600XL is shaped as a dome to mimic brick ovens.  So, when you cook the pizza, the heat reflects off the top of the dome and back down on the pizza, ensuring even-baking.

In addition, this pizza maker offers dual heating elements on the top and bottom of the oven.  This will also ensure thorough and even heating throughout.

This pizza maker comes with a removable ceramic pizza stone which replicates that of a brick oven.  This ceramic pizza stone will heat up to an astounding 660 degrees Fahrenheit.

And, since the ceramic pizza stone is removable, it’s easy to clean.  Just wipe down with a damp cloth, towel dry and you’re ready for seconds.

To use, you need to preheat the Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker for at least thirty minutes before use.  There is an indicator light which will go off when the unit has completed the heating process.  Feed the pizza into the machine and set the dial to thin or thick crust, or you can also set the dial in-between the two.  It is important to note that this pizza maker does not come with a timer so you must keep track of the time or set a separate timer.  The approximate cooking time will be between 5 and 10 minutes.  There is also a viewing window where you can keep track of the progress of your pizza.

The Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker will bake pizzas up to 11 inches in diameter.  And, it can cook fresh, frozen or homemade pizzas.  This pizza maker is actually a favorite for those who enjoy making their own pizza.  It is also a favorite for those who love having make-your-own-pizza parties.

On that note, if you’re having a pizza party and are planning on cooking one pizza after another, the indicator light will come on for a minute or two until the unit can heat back up to its baking temperature.

Finally, the Breville Crispy Crust Pizza Maker comes in your choice of colors:  Cranberry or Silver.